424B5 1 d424b5.htm FINAL PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT FOR CIT EDUCATION LOAN TRUST 2005-1 Final Prospectus Supplement for CIT Education Loan Trust 2005-1
Table of Contents

Filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(5)
Registration No. 333-111959
333-111959-02

 

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT TO PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 23, 2005

 

$1,000,000,000

CIT EDUCATION LOAN TRUST 2005-1

 

Issuer

 

Education Loan Backed Notes

 

EDUCATION FUNDING CAPITAL I, LLC

Depositor

 

EDUCATION LENDING SERVICES, INC.

      Master Servicer

LOGO

Seller

Education Lending Group, Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of CIT Group Inc.

 

LOGO

 

We are offering our notes in the following five series:

 

Series


 

Original

Principal
Amount


 

Interest Rate


 

Final
Maturity Date


  Price to
Public


    Underwriters’
Discount


    Proceeds to the
Issuer(1)


Series A-1 Notes

  $ 334,637,000   3-month LIBOR plus 0.02%   December 15, 2017   100 %   0.20 %   $ 333,967,726

Series A-2 Notes

  $ 209,762,000   3-month LIBOR plus 0.09%   March 15, 2022   100 %   0.25 %   $ 209,237,595

Series A-3 Notes

  $ 201,603,000   3-month LIBOR plus 0.12%   March 15, 2026   100 %   0.34 %   $ 200,917,550

Series A-4 Notes

  $ 223,998,000   3-month LIBOR plus 0.16%   December 15, 2033   100 %   0.40 %   $ 223,102,008

Series B Notes

  $ 30,000,000   3-month LIBOR plus 0.21%   June 15, 2043   100 %   0.40 %   $ 29,880,000
   

                     

Total

  $ 1,000,000,000                       $ 997,104,879

(1)   The underwriters’ discount is the only issuance expense that will be paid from the proceeds of the sale of the notes.

 

The notes will be secured by student loans made under the Federal Family Education Loan Program. The notes are issued by a trust and constitute obligations of the trust payable solely from the student loans and other assets of the trust. The notes are not obligations of Education Funding Capital I, LLC, Education Lending Services, Inc., Education Lending Group, Inc., CIT Group Inc. or any of their affiliates, except the issuer.

 

We intend to apply for a listing of the notes on the Irish Stock Exchange. There can be no assurance that this listing will be obtained. The issuance and settlement of the notes is not conditioned on the listing of the notes on the Irish Stock Exchange.

 

Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these notes

or determined that this prospectus supplement is accurate or complete.

Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 


 

You should carefully consider the risk factors beginning on page S-12 of this

prospectus supplement and on page 5 of the accompanying prospectus.

 


 

Underwriters of the Class A notes

 

Citigroup   Credit Suisse First Boston

 

Deutsche Bank Securities

Lehman Brothers

Merrill Lynch & Co.

RBC Dain Rauscher

Wachovia Securities

 

Underwriters of the Class B notes

 

Citigroup    Credit Suisse First Boston

 

The date of this prospectus supplement is June 1, 2005


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS TO THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

 

Summary

   S-1  

Risk Factors

   S-12

Forward-Looking Statements

   S-16

Description of the Notes

   S-17

Use of Proceeds

   S-25

Acquisition of the Student Loans

   S-25

Characteristics of the Student Loans

   S-25

Regarding the Student Loans

   S-32

Description of the Indenture

   S-36

Plan of Distribution

   S-37

Legal Matters

   S-38

Ratings

   S-38

Appendix A—Glossary of Defined Terms

    

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS TO THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS

 

Summary

   1  

Risk Factors

   5  

Forward-Looking Statements

   16

Description of the Notes

   17

Security and Sources of Payment for the Notes

   24

Education Lending Group, Inc.’s Student Loan Program

   26

Servicing of the Student Loans

   31

Description of the Federal Family Education Loan Program

   37

Description of the Guarantee Agencies

   48

Description of the Indenture

   54

Federal Income Tax Consequences

   65

State Tax Considerations

   73

ERISA Considerations

   74

Plan of Distribution

   75

Legal Matters

   76

Ratings

   76

Incorporation of Documents by Reference; Where to Find More Information

   76


Table of Contents

IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT THE INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THIS PROSPECTUS

SUPPLEMENT AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS

 

We provide information to you about the notes offered pursuant to this prospectus supplement in two separate documents that progressively provide more detail: (a) this prospectus supplement, which describes the specific terms of the notes being offered hereby, and (b) the accompanying prospectus, which provides general information, some of which may not apply to the notes offered hereby. You are urged to read both this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus in full to obtain information concerning the notes.

 

Cross-references are included in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus to captions in those documents where you can find further discussions about related topics. The table of contents on the following page indicates the pages on which these captions are located.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, references in this prospectus supplement to:

 

    “the Class A notes” refers collectively to the Series A-1 notes, Series A-2 notes, Series A-3 notes and Series A-4 notes offered pursuant to this prospectus supplement;

 

    “the Class B notes” refers to the Series B notes offered pursuant to this prospectus supplement;

 

    “the notes” refers collectively to the Series A-1 notes, Series A-2 notes, Series A-3 notes, Series A-4 notes and Series B notes offered pursuant to this prospectus supplement;

 

    “student loans” refers to loans made under the Federal Family Education Loan Program to students and parents of students;

 

    “we,” “us,” “our,” “the trust” and “the issuer” refer to CIT Education Loan Trust 2005-1, the issuer of the notes;

 

    “indenture” refers to the Indenture of Trust among the issuer, the indenture trustee and the eligible lender trustee, which authorized the issuance of the notes;

 

    “depositor” refers to Education Funding Capital I, LLC;

 

    “seller” refers to Education Lending Group, Inc., the seller of the student loans;

 

    “master servicer” refers to Education Lending Services, Inc., the master servicer of the student loans; and

 

    “underwriters” refers to Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, RBC Dain Rauscher Inc. and Wachovia Capital Markets LLC, the underwriters for the notes.

 

Additional terms used in this prospectus supplement are defined in the Glossary of Defined Terms attached as Appendix A to this prospectus supplement.


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

 

The following summary highlights selected information about the notes and may not contain all of the information that you may find important in making your investment decision. The remainder of this prospectus supplement contains more detailed terms about the notes. You are strongly encouraged to read this entire prospectus supplement and the entire accompanying prospectus before deciding whether to purchase any of the notes.

 

Principal Parties

 

•      Issuer/Trust

   CIT Education Loan Trust 2005-1

•      Depositor

   Education Funding Capital I, LLC

•      Seller

   Education Lending Group, Inc.

•      Master Servicer and Administrator

   Education Lending Services, Inc.

•      Subservicers

   Great Lakes Educational Loan Services, Inc. and Education Loan Servicing Corporation

•      Guarantors

   Great Lakes Higher Education Guaranty Corporation and Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance Agency d/b/a/ American Educational Services

•      Owner Trustee

   Chase Bank USA, National Association

•      Indenture Trustee and Paying Agent

   The Bank of New York

•      Eligible Lender Trustee

   The Bank of New York

•      Underwriters

   Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, RBC Dain Rauscher Inc. and Wachovia Capital Markets LLC

 

The Offered Notes

 

The issuer is offering the following series of notes:

 

Class A Notes:

 

    Series A-1 LIBOR Floating Rate Education Loan Backed Notes, in the amount of $334,637,000;

 

    Series A-2 LIBOR Floating Rate Education Loan Backed Notes, in the amount of $209,762,000;

 

    Series A-3 LIBOR Floating Rate Education Loan Backed Notes, in the amount of $201,603,000; and

 

    Series A-4 LIBOR Floating Rate Education Loan Backed Notes, in the amount of $223,998,000.

 

Class B Notes:

 

    Series B LIBOR Floating Rate Education Loan Backed Notes, in the amount of $30,000,000.

 

Dates

 

Closing Date.    The closing date for this offering is June 9, 2005.

 

S-1


Table of Contents

Statistical Cut-off Date.    In this prospectus supplement, we have presented information relating to a portfolio of student loans that we intend to acquire on or about the closing date. Information relating to this portfolio of student loans is as of the statistical cut-off date, which is the close of business on March 31, 2005. We believe that the information set forth in this prospectus supplement with respect to those student loans as of the statistical cut-off date is representative of the characteristics of those student loans as they will exist at the date on which we acquire them, although certain characteristics of the student loans may vary.

 

Distribution Dates.    The distribution dates for the notes are the 15th of each March, June, September and December, beginning September 15, 2005. If any March 15, June 15, September 15 or December 15 is not a business day, the distribution date will be the next business day.

 

Stepdown Date.    The stepdown date is the date after which the Class B notes will be allocated principal on a pro rata basis with the Class A notes. The stepdown date is the earlier of the distribution date in September 2010, provided that no trigger event is then in effect, or the date on which there are no Class A notes outstanding. A “trigger event” will be in effect on any distribution date while any Class A notes are outstanding, if after giving effect to distributions to be made on that distribution date, the senior parity percentage would not equal at least 103.0% and the parity percentage would not equal at least 100.5%. See “—Information About the Notes—Payments” and “DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES—Class B Notes—Distribution of Principal”.

 

Monthly Expense Payment Dates.    On or prior to the 15th day of each month (beginning on July 15, 2005), the indenture trustee will allocate certain expenses related to the notes and the student loans held in the trust estate, including, rebate fees to the Secretary of Education and the fees of each subservicer, the indenture trustee, the eligible lender trustee, the owner trustee, the master servicer and the administrator. See “—Administration of the Trust Estate—Monthly Allocations”. We refer to those fees as the “monthly issuer fees” and to the day of each month on which those fees are required to be paid as the “monthly expense payment date”. See “—Monthly Issuer Fees”.

 

Record Dates.    Interest and principal will be payable to holders of record as of the close of business on the record date, which is, the day before the related distribution date.

 

Information about the Notes

 

The notes are debt obligations of the issuer. The notes are payable solely from the student loans and other assets of the issuer. The notes are not obligations of Education Funding Capital I, LLC, Education Lending Services, Inc., Education Lending Group, Inc. or CIT Group Inc. or any of their affiliates, except the issuer.

 

Interest will accrue generally on the principal balances of the notes during three-month accrual periods and will be paid on distribution dates.

 

An accrual period for the notes begins on a distribution date and ends on the day before the next distribution date. The first accrual period for the notes, however, will begin on the closing date and end on September 14, 2005, the day before the first distribution date.

 

Interest Rates.    The notes will bear interest at the annual rates listed below:

 

    The Series A-1 interest rate will be three-month LIBOR, except for the first accrual period, plus 0.02%;

 

    The Series A-2 interest rate will be three-month LIBOR, except for the first accrual period, plus 0.09%;

 

    The Series A-3 interest rate will be three-month LIBOR, except for the first accrual period, plus 0.12%;

 

S-2


Table of Contents
    The Series A-4 interest rate will be three-month LIBOR, except for the first accrual period, plus 0.16%; and

 

    The Series B interest rate will be three-month LIBOR, except for the first accrual period, plus 0.21%.

 

We will determine LIBOR on the days specified in this prospectus supplement under “DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES—Determination of LIBOR”. We will calculate interest based on the actual number of days elapsed in each accrual period divided by 360. See “DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES—Interest Rates”.

 

Payments

 

Interest Payments.    Interest accrued on the outstanding principal balance of the notes during each accrual period will be payable on the related distribution date.

 

Principal Payments.    While any notes are outstanding, principal will be payable on the notes in an amount generally equal to (a) the Principal Distribution Amount for that distribution date plus (b) any shortfall in the payment of principal as of the preceding distribution date.

 

We will apply principal sequentially on each distribution date to the Class A notes in an amount equal to the Class A Principal Distribution Amount, in the following manner:

 

    first, to the Series A-1 notes until paid in full;

 

    second, to the Series A-2 notes until paid in full;

 

    third, to the Series A-3 notes until paid in full; and

 

    fourth, to the Series A-4 notes until paid in full.

 

On and after the stepdown date, provided there is no trigger event then in effect, the Class B Principal Distribution Amount will be allocated to the Class B notes, pro rata with the allocation of the Class A Principal Distribution Amount to the Class A notes, until the Class B notes are paid in full. See “DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES—The Class B NotesSubordination of the Class B Notes” and see “PROSPECTUS SUMMARY—Parity Percentages”.

 

The “Principal Distribution Amount” is, (i) as to the initial distribution date, the amount by which the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the notes exceeds the Adjusted Pool Balance, as of the last day of the initial collection period, and (ii) as to each subsequent distribution date, the amount by which the Adjusted Pool Balance, as of the last day of the preceding collection period, exceeds the Adjusted Pool Balance, as of the last day of that collection period.

 

The “Class A Principal Distribution Amount” is an amount equal to the Principal Distribution Amount on a distribution date multiplied by the Class A Percentage plus the Class A Note Principal Shortfall; provided that the Class A Principal Distribution Amount will not exceed the outstanding principal balance of the Class A notes.

 

The “Class A Percentage” for each distribution date is 100% less the Class B Percentage. The “Class B Percentage” is equal to 0% prior to the stepdown date or on any distribution date that a trigger event is in effect. On all other distribution dates, it is the percentage of the outstanding Class B notes to all the outstanding notes on that distribution date.

 

The “Class B Principal Distribution Amount” for any distribution date is an amount equal to the Principal Distribution Amount multiplied by the Class B Percentage plus the Class B Note Principal Shortfall; provided that the Class B Principal Distribution Amount will not exceed the principal balance of the Class B Notes.

 

S-3


Table of Contents

The “stepdown date” is the earlier of the distribution date in September 2010, provided that no trigger event is then in effect, or the date on which there are no Class A notes outstanding. A “trigger event” will be in effect on any distribution date while any Class A notes are outstanding, if after giving effect to distributions to be made on that distribution date, the senior parity percentage would not equal at least 103.0% and the parity percentage would not equal at least 100.5%.

 

However, following the occurrence of an event of default and a declaration of acceleration under the indenture, principal payments on the Class A notes will be made or set aside for future distribution pro rata, without preference or priority and no amounts will be paid to the Class B notes until the Class A notes have been paid in full. See “DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES—The Class A Notes—Distributions of Principal” and “—The Class B Notes—Distributions of Principal” in this prospectus supplement for a more detailed description of principal payments.

 

Maturity Dates.

 

    The Series A-1 notes will mature no later than December 15, 2017;

 

    the Series A-2 notes will mature no later than March 15, 2022;

 

    the Series A-3 notes will mature no later than March 15, 2026;

 

    the Series A-4 notes will mature no later than December 15, 2033; and

 

    the Series B notes will mature no later than June 15, 2043.

 

The actual maturity of any series of notes could occur earlier if, for example,

 

    there are prepayments on the student loans held in the trust estate;

 

    the master servicer exercises its option to purchase any remaining student loans held in the trust estate; or

 

    the indenture trustee auctions the remaining student loans held in the trust estate.

 

Denominations.    We will issue the notes in minimum denominations of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. The notes will be available only in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company, Clearstream, Luxembourg and the Euroclear System. You will not receive a certificate representing your notes except in very limited circumstances.

 

Security for the Notes.    The notes will be secured by the assets of the issuer, primarily the student loans, which student loans will consist of Federal Consolidation Loans. See “—Information about the Issuer—Assets of the Issuer—Student Loans”. None of the student loans included in the initial Pool Balance were consolidated while the borrower was still in school.

 

Subordination of the Class B Notes.    On any distribution date, distributions of interest on the Class B notes will be subordinate to the distribution of interest on the Class A notes. Distributions of principal on the Class B notes will be subordinate to the distribution of interest on the Class A notes, to distribution of interest on the Class B notes and to distribution of principal on the Class A Notes. Prior to the stepdown date, no principal will be paid to the Class B noteholders. On and after the stepdown date, so long as there is no trigger event in effect, principal will be allocated to the Class B noteholders on a distribution date in an amount equal to the Class B Principal Distribution Amount, pro rata with the principal allocated to the Class A noteholders on that distribution date. See “DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES—The Class B Notes—Subordination of the Class B Notes” in this prospectus supplement.

 

S-4


Table of Contents

Information about the Issuer

 

Formation of the Issuer

 

The issuer is a Delaware statutory trust.

 

The only activities of the issuer will be acquiring, owning and managing the student loans and the other assets of the issuer, issuing and making payments on the notes and other related activities.

 

Education Funding Capital I, LLC, as depositor, after acquiring the student loans from Education Lending Group, Inc., as seller, under a transfer and sale agreement, will sell the student loans to the issuer under a transfer and sale agreement. The Bank of New York, as eligible lender trustee for the issuer, will hold legal title to the student loans for the issuer under an eligible lender trust agreement.

 

Assets of the Issuer

 

The assets of the issuer will include:

 

    the student loans;

 

    collections and other payments on the student loans; and

 

    funds it will hold in its trust accounts under the indenture, including an acquisition account, collection account, a reserve account, a capitalized interest account, and a distribution account.

 

Student Loans.    The student loans are education loans to students and parents of students. Consolidation loans made under the Federal Family Education Loan Program, known as FFELP, comprise 100% of the initial Pool Balance. Consolidation loans are used to combine a borrower’s obligations under various federally authorized student loan programs into a single loan.

 

The student loans had an initial Pool Balance of approximately $986,967,555 as of the statistical cut-off date, March 31, 2005.

 

As of the statistical cut-off date, the weighted average annual borrower interest rate of the student loans was approximately 4.93% and their weighted average remaining term to scheduled maturity was approximately 242 months.

 

Education Lending Group, Inc., as the seller, or one of its affiliates, has or will originate or acquire the student loans in the ordinary course of its student loan financing business. The depositor expects to purchase from the seller, and the issuer expects to purchase from the depositor, student loans in the aggregate principal amount (including principal and accrued interest thereon) of approximately $987,952,354, on or about the closing date. See “ACQUISITION OF THE STUDENT LOANS” in this prospectus supplement.

 

Guarantee agencies described in this prospectus supplement guarantee all of the student loans. They are reinsured by the United States Department of Education.

 

The student loans acquired from the seller will fulfill the criteria established by the depositor, as described in this prospectus supplement and in the accompanying prospectus.

 

Special allowance payments on all of the student loans are based on the three-month commercial paper rate plus 2.64%. See “DESCRIPTION OF THE FEDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOAN PROGRAM—Special Allowance Payments”. For this purpose, the three-month commercial paper rate is the average of the bond equivalent rates of the three-month commercial paper (financial) rates in effect for each of the days in a calendar quarter as reported by the Federal Reserve in Publication H.15 (or its successor) for that calendar quarter.

 

S-5


Table of Contents

Collection Account.    The indenture trustee will establish and maintain the collection account under the indenture. The indenture trustee will deposit into the collection account all collections on the student loans, including all interest subsidy payments and special allowance payments. The first collection period will be the period from the date of original issuance and delivery of the notes through August 31, 2005. Thereafter, a collection period will be the three-month period ending on the last day of February, May, August and November, in each case for the distribution date in the following month.

 

Distribution Account.    The indenture trustee will establish and maintain the distribution account under the indenture. The indenture trustee will deposit specified amounts on deposit in the collection account into the distribution account as set forth under “—Administration of the Trust Estate—Monthly Allocations”.

 

Reserve Account.    The indenture trustee will establish and maintain the reserve account under the indenture. The indenture trustee will make an initial deposit from the net proceeds from the sale of the notes into the reserve account on the closing date. The deposit will be in cash or eligible investments equal to $4,985,524. Funds in the reserve account may be replenished on each distribution date by additional funds available after all prior required distributions have been made. See “DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES—Allocations and Distributions” in this prospectus supplement.

 

Amounts remaining in the reserve account on any distribution date in excess of the reserve account requirement, after the payments described below, will be deposited into the collection account.

 

The reserve account requirement is the amount required to be maintained in the reserve account. The reserve account requirement for any distribution date means the greater of (a) 0.50% of the Pool Balance, or (b) $2,000,000. In no event will the reserve account requirement exceed the outstanding balance of all our notes.

 

The reserve account will be available to cover any shortfalls in payments of the Class A Interest Distribution Amount and the Class B Interest Distribution Amount after applying to that shortfall amounts on deposit in the capitalized interest account.

 

In addition, the reserve account will be available:

 

(a) on the maturity date for each Class A note, to cover shortfalls in payments of the Class A noteholders’ principal and accrued interest, and

 

(b) on the maturity date for each Class B note and upon termination of the trust estate, to pay the Class B noteholders the unpaid principal balance on the Class B notes and accrued interest, and

 

(c) if on any distribution date when the Pool Balance is equal to 10% or less of the initial Pool Balance, the student loans are not sold or auctioned, and the amount on deposit in the reserve account exceeds the reserve account requirement, to pay unpaid principal balance on the notes and accrued interest.

 

The reserve account enhances the likelihood of payment to noteholders. In certain circumstances, however, the reserve account could be depleted. This depletion could result in shortfalls in distributions to noteholders.

 

If the amount on deposit in the reserve account on any distribution date is sufficient to pay the remaining principal and interest accrued on the notes, amounts on deposit in the reserve account will be so applied on that distribution date. See “DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES—Credit Enhancement—Reserve Account” in this prospectus supplement.

 

Capitalized Interest Account.    The indenture trustee will establish and maintain the capitalized interest account under the indenture. The indenture trustee will make an initial deposit from the net proceeds from the

 

S-6


Table of Contents

sale of the notes into the capitalized interest account on the closing date. The deposit will be in cash or eligible investments equal to $4,167,000.

 

If, on any distribution date, amounts on deposit in the distribution account are insufficient to make the required interest distributions to noteholders on that date, to the extent of that insufficiency, amounts on deposit in the capitalized interest account will be used to make the required interest distributions before applying to that payment amounts on deposit in the reserve account. The capitalized interest account will be available to cover shortfalls in payments of the Class A Interest Distribution Amount and, after that, shortfalls in payments of the Class B Interest Distribution Amount.

 

Funds in the capitalized interest account will not be replenished. The capitalized interest account will be reduced to $2,500,000 on the distribution date occurring in December 2005. Funds on deposit in the capitalized interest account on the distribution date occurring in December 2005 in excess of $2,500,000, after giving effect to all withdrawals from the capitalized interest account on or prior to that date, will be deposited to the collection account. In addition, any funds remaining in the capitalized interest account on the distribution date occurring in December 2006, after giving effect to all withdrawals from the account on or prior to that date, will be deposited into the collection account.

 

The capitalized interest account further enhances the likelihood of timely interest payments to noteholders on each distribution date occurring on or before the distribution date occurring in December 2006. Because it will not be replenished, in certain circumstances the capitalized interest account could be depleted. This depletion could result in shortfalls in interest distributions to noteholders. See “DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES—Allocations and Distributions—Capitalized Interest Account” in this prospectus supplement.

 

Acquisition Account.    The indenture trustee will establish and maintain the acquisition account under the indenture. On the closing date, the indenture trustee will deposit approximately $987,952,354 of the proceeds of the sale of the notes into the acquisition account. Using the amounts in the acquisition account, we expect to purchase from the depositor a pool of student loans in the aggregate principal amount (including principal and accrued interest thereon) of approximately $987,952,354 on or about the closing date. See “ACQUISITION OF THE STUDENT LOANS” and “CHARACTERISTICS OF THE STUDENT LOANS” in this prospectus supplement.

 

Administrator

 

Education Lending Services, Inc. will act as the administrator of the issuer under an administration agreement.

 

Compensation of the Administrator

 

The administrator will receive an administration fee equal to 0.05% per annum of the average monthly outstanding principal balance of student loans in the trust estate.

 

Administration of the Trust Estate

 

Monthly Allocations

 

On or prior to the 15th day of each month (beginning in July 2005), the indenture trustee will make the following allocations with funds on deposit in the collection account:

 

    first, deposit into the distribution account for the Secretary of Education, an amount equal to the monthly rebate fee payable to the Secretary of Education expected to be payable from the 15th day of the current calendar month to the 14th day of the subsequent calendar month plus previously accrued and unpaid or set aside amounts as described in this summary under “—Distributions”;

 

S-7


Table of Contents
    second, deposit into the distribution account for each subservicer, pro rata, an amount equal to their fees expected to be payable from the 15th day of the current calendar month to the 14th day of the subsequent calendar month plus previously accrued and unpaid or set aside amounts;

 

    third, deposit into the distribution account for the indenture trustee, the eligible lender trustee and the owner trustee, pro rata, an amount equal to their fees expected to be payable from the 15th day of the current calendar month to the 14th day of the subsequent calendar month plus previously accrued and unpaid or set aside amounts;

 

    fourth, deposit into the distribution account for the master servicer and administrator, pro rata, the amounts of the servicing fee and administration fee expected to be payable from the 15th day of the current calendar month to the 14th day of the subsequent calendar month plus previously accrued and unpaid or set aside amounts;

 

    fifth, deposit into the distribution account, pro rata, for each series of Class A notes an amount equal to the interest expected to accrue on the Class A notes from the 15th day of the current calendar month to the 14th day of the subsequent calendar month plus previously accrued and unpaid or set aside amounts; and

 

    sixth, deposit into the distribution account for the Class B notes an amount equal to the interest expected to accrue on the Class B notes from the 15th day of the current calendar month to the 14th day of the subsequent calendar month plus previously accrued and unpaid or set aside amounts.

 

Distributions

 

On each monthly expense payment date, the indenture trustee will distribute the following fees from amounts on deposit in the distribution account and allocated to the payment of those fees: (i) the monthly rebate fee to the Secretary of Education at an annualized rate generally equal to 1.05% on principal of and interest on Federal Consolidation Loans described under “DESCRIPTION OF THE FEDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOAN PROGRAM—Fees—Rebate Fee on Federal Consolidation Loans” in the accompanying prospectus, (ii) pro rata, the fees of each subservicer, (iii) pro rata, the fees of the indenture trustee, the eligible lender trustee and the owner trustee, and (iv) pro rata, the fees of the master servicer and the administrator.

 

On each distribution date that is not a redemption date, the indenture trustee will make the deposits and distributions in the order of priority set forth in clauses (a) through (h) below, except as otherwise provided in this prospectus supplement under “DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES—The Class B Notes—Subordination of the Class B Notes” and “—The Class A Notes—Distributions of Principal”.

 

  (a)   To the Class A noteholders, the Class A Interest Distribution Amount, pro rata, based on the amounts payable as Class A Interest Distribution Amount;

 

  (b)   to the Class B noteholders, the Class B Interest Distribution Amount, pro rata, based on the amounts payable as Class B Interest Distribution Amount;

 

  (c)   to the Class A noteholders, the Class A Principal Distribution Amount in the following order:

 

  (1)   to the Series A-1 noteholders until paid in full;

 

  (2)   to the Series A-2 noteholders until paid in full;

 

  (3)   to the Series A-3 noteholders until paid in full; and

 

  (4)   to the Series A-4 noteholders until paid in full;

 

  (d)   on and after the stepdown date, and provided there is no trigger event in effect on such distribution date, to the Class B noteholders until paid in full, the Class B Principal Distribution Amount;

 

S-8


Table of Contents
  (e)   to the reserve account, the amount, if any, necessary to reinstate the balance of the reserve account to the Reserve Account Requirement;

 

  (f)   if the parity percentage is not equal to at least 100.5% and the senior parity percentage is not equal to at least 103.0%, to the distribution account to pay principal on the Class A notes, in the order and priority described under clause (c) above, the least amount required to increase the parity percentage to at least 100.5% and the senior parity percentage to at least 103.0%, with those percentages computed assuming that immediately prior to the computation, the required payments of principal were actually made on the Class A notes;

 

  (g)   after the Class A notes have been paid in full, if the parity percentage is not equal to at least 100.5%, to the distribution account to pay principal on the Class B notes, the least amount required to increase the parity percentage to at least 100.5%, with that percentage computed assuming that immediately prior to the computation, the required payments of principal were actually made on the Class B notes; and

 

  (h)   to the issuer, any remaining amounts after application of the preceding clauses.

 

If an event of default occurs under the indenture and as a result the notes are accelerated, payments will not be made in the order described above. Instead, payments will be made as described in the prospectus under “DESCRIPTION OF THE INDENTURE—Remedies on Default”.

 

Monthly Issuer Fees

 

The indenture trustee will make payments of certain fees and expenses prior to distributions of principal and interest on the notes. Those fees and expenses include payments to the Secretary of Education as rebate fees and to each subservicer, the indenture trustee, the eligible lender trustee, the owner trustee, the master servicer and the administrator. See “DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES—Monthly Issuer Fees” in this prospectus supplement for a more detailed description of monthly issuer fees.

 

Transfer of the Assets to the Issuer

 

Under a transfer and sale agreement, the depositor will sell the student loans to the issuer, with the eligible lender trustee holding legal title to the student loans.

 

If the depositor breaches a representation under the transfer and sale agreement regarding a student loan, generally the depositor will have to cure the breach, repurchase or replace that student loan or reimburse the issuer for losses resulting from the breach.

 

Servicing of the Assets

 

Education Lending Servicing, Inc., as the master servicer, will be responsible for servicing, maintaining custody of and making collections on the student loans. It will also bill and collect payments from the guarantee agencies and the Department of Education. The master servicer may perform its servicing obligations through one or more subservicing agreements with eligible third party servicers. See “SERVICING OF THE STUDENT LOANS” in the accompanying prospectus for a more detailed description of the provisions of the master servicing agreement.

 

Compensation of the Master Servicer

 

The master servicer will receive a servicing fee equal to 0.10% per annum of the average monthly outstanding principal balance of student loans serviced. The servicing fee may also include specified amounts payable to the master servicer for tasks it performs.

 

S-9


Table of Contents

Optional Purchase

 

The master servicer may purchase or arrange for the purchase of all remaining student loans on any distribution date when the Pool Balance is equal to 10% or less of the initial Pool Balance. The exercise of this purchase option will result in the early retirement of the remaining notes. The purchase price will equal the greater of (i) the aggregate outstanding balances of the remaining student loans as of the end of the preceding collection period, including all interest accrued thereon, and (ii) a prescribed minimum purchase amount that, together with the balance in the reserve account and other available funds, would be sufficient to:

 

    reduce the outstanding principal amount of each series of notes then outstanding on the related distribution date to zero;

 

    pay to noteholders the interest payable on the related distribution date; and

 

    pay the outstanding fees due, according to the indenture.

 

Auction of Trust Assets

 

The indenture trustee will offer for sale by auction all remaining student loans at the end of the collection period when the Pool Balance is equal to 10% or less of the initial Pool Balance. The auction date will be the 3rd business day before the related distribution date. An auction will occur only if the master servicer has first waived its optional purchase right. The master servicer will waive its option to purchase the remaining student loans if it fails to notify the eligible lender trustee and the indenture trustee, in writing, that it intends to exercise its purchase option before the indenture trustee accepts a bid to purchase the student loans. The depositor and its affiliates, including Education Lending Group, Inc., CIT Group Inc. and the master servicer, and unrelated third parties may offer bids to purchase the student loans.

 

If at least two bids are received, the indenture trustee will solicit and re-solicit new bids from all participating bidders until only one bid remains or the remaining bidders decline to resubmit bids. The indenture trustee will accept the highest of the remaining bids if it equals or exceeds (a) the minimum purchase amount (taking into account the balance of the reserve account and other available funds) described in this summary under “Optional Purchase” or (b) the fair market value of the student loans as of the end of the related collection period, whichever is higher. If at least two bids are not received or the highest bid after the re-solicitation process does not equal or exceed both the minimum purchase amount described above and the fair market value, the indenture trustee will not complete the sale. The indenture trustee may, and at the direction of the depositor will be required to, consult with a financial advisor, including an underwriter of the notes or the administrator, to determine if the fair market value of the student loans has been offered.

 

The indenture trustee shall deposit the net proceeds of any auction sale into the collection account to be used to retire any outstanding notes on the related distribution date.

 

If the sale is not completed, the indenture trustee may, but will not be under any obligation to, solicit bids for sale of the student loans after future collection periods upon terms similar to those described above, including the master servicer’s waiver of its option to purchase remaining student loans.

 

If the student loans are not sold as described above, on each subsequent distribution date, if the amount on deposit in the reserve account after giving effect to all withdrawals exceeds the reserve account requirement, the indenture trustee will distribute the amount of the excess as accelerated payments of note principal. The indenture trustee may or may not succeed in soliciting acceptable bids for the student loans either on the auction date or subsequently.

 

Redemption

 

The notes are subject to redemption, in whole but not in part, on any distribution date when the Pool Balance is equal to 10% or less of the initial Pool Balance, or if the master servicer exercises its option to purchase the student loans or when the indenture trustee offers for sale by auction all remaining student loans,

 

S-10


Table of Contents

provided that the balance in the reserve account, together with other available funds, is sufficient to reduce the outstanding principal amount of each series of notes then outstanding to zero and pay to noteholders the accrued and unpaid interest through the redemption date.

 

The notes are subject to redemption, in whole but not in part, on any distribution date on which the reserve account and the other available funds are sufficient to reduce the outstanding principal amount of each series of notes then outstanding to zero and pay to noteholders the accrued and unpaid interest through the redemption date.

 

Termination of the Trust Estate

 

The trust estate under the indenture will terminate upon:

 

    the maturity or other liquidation of the last student loan and the disposition of any amount received upon its liquidation; and

 

    the payment of all amounts required to be paid to the noteholders.

 

See “DESCRIPTION OF THE INDENTURESatisfaction of Indenture” in the accompanying prospectus.

 

ERISA Considerations

 

Subject to the considerations discussed in the accompanying prospectus under “ERISA CONSIDERATIONS”, the notes are eligible for purchase by employee benefit plans.

 

Federal Income Tax Consequences

 

In the opinion of Thompson Hine LLP, the notes will be characterized as debt obligations for federal income tax purposes. Interest paid or accrued on the notes will be taxable to you. See “FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES” in the accompanying prospectus.

 

Ratings

 

It is a condition to the sale of the Class A notes that they be rated “AAA” by Fitch Ratings, “Aaa” by Moody’s Investors Service and “AAA” by Standard & Poor’s. It is a condition to the sale of the Class B notes that they be rated at least “AA” by Fitch Ratings, “Aa1” by Moody’s Investors Service and “AA-” by Standard & Poor’s.

 

Risk Factors

 

Some of the factors you should consider before making an investment in the notes are described in this prospectus supplement and in the accompanying prospectus under “RISK FACTORS”.

 

CUSIP Numbers

 

Series A-1 CUSIP Number: 12556PAA5

Series A-2 CUSIP Number: 12556PAB3

Series A-3 CUSIP Number: 12556PAC1

Series A-4 CUSIP Number: 12556PAD9

Series B CUSIP Number: 12556PAE7

 

International Securities Identification Numbers (ISIN)

 

Series A-1 ISIN Number: US12556PAA57

Series A-2 ISIN Number: US12556PAB31

Series A-3 ISIN Number: US12556PAC14

Series A-4 ISIN Number: US12556PAD96

Series B ISIN Number: US12556PAE79

 

Common Codes

Series A-1: 022175548

Series A-2: 022175777

Series A-3: 022175807

Series A-4: 022175815

Series B: 022175840

 

S-11


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

You should consider the following risk factors in deciding whether to purchase the notes. The accompanying prospectus, beginning on page 5, describes additional risk factors you should consider.

 

Subordination of the Class B notes and payment priorities may result in a greater risk of loss.    Distributions of interest on the Class B notes on a distribution date will be subordinate to the payment of interest on the Class A notes. Distributions of principal on the Class B notes will be subordinate to the distribution of interest on the Class A notes, to the distribution of interest on the Class B notes and to the distribution of principal on the Class A notes. Prior to the stepdown date, no principal will be paid to the Class B noteholders. On and after the stepdown date, principal will be allocated to the Class B noteholders on a distribution date in an amount equal to the Class B Principal Distribution Amount, pro rata with the principal allocated to the Class A noteholders on that distribution date, so long as there is no trigger event in effect. As a result, the Class B notes may bear a greater risk of loss or delays in payments.
     The Class B notes are subordinated in right to the Class A notes in the direction of the sale of the trust estate, the acceleration of the maturity of the notes and the waiver of an event of default. In addition, as long as the Class A notes are outstanding, the failure to pay interest or principal on the Class B notes will not constitute an event of default under the indenture. Consequently, holders of the Class B notes may bear a greater risk of loss or delays in payments.
     Distributions of principal on the Class A notes and Class B notes are made sequentially. No principal will be paid to the noteholders of any series of Class A notes until all series of the Class A notes with a lower series designation number have been paid in full. For example, no principal will be paid to the Series A-4, Series A-3, or Series A-2 noteholders, until the Series A-1 noteholders have been paid in full; and after the Series A-1 noteholders have been paid in full, no principal will be paid to the Series A-4 or Series A-3 noteholders, until the Series A-2 noteholders have been paid in full. As a result, holders of Class A notes with a higher series designation and holders of Class B notes may bear a greater risk of loss or delay in payment.
Because the initial principal balance of the notes exceeds the trust assets, you may be adversely affected by a high rate of prepayments.    The initial Pool Balance and other assets in the trust estate equal approximately 99.71% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes. Noteholders must rely primarily on interest payments on the student loans and other trust assets, in excess of servicing, trustee and administration fees and interest payable on the notes, to reduce the aggregate principal amount of the notes to the Pool Balance. The noteholders, especially Class B noteholders, could be adversely affected by a high rate of prepayments of the student loans, which would reduce the amount of interest available for this purpose. Prepayments may result from borrowers further consolidating or re-consolidating their student loans, borrower defaults and from voluntary full or partial prepayments, among other things. Bills have been introduced in the U.S. House of Representatives that, if enacted into law, would permit borrowers under most Federal Consolidation Loans to refinance their student loans. Any legislation that permits borrowers to refinance existing Federal Consolidation Loans could significantly increase the rate of prepayments.

 

S-12


Table of Contents
     In addition, the principal balance of the student loans on which interest will be collected will be less than the principal amount of the notes for some period.
Future increases in fees and expenses payable by the issuer will reduce the amount of funds available to the issuer to pay principal and interest on your notes.    Fees and expenses constituting monthly issuer fees are payable by the issuer prior to the payment of principal and interest on your notes. Certain of those fees and expenses are not fixed and may reasonably be expected to increase over time, such as those payable to subservicers. Material increases in fees and expenses will reduce the amount of funds available to pay principal and interest on your notes and may result in insufficient funds being available for such payment. See “DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES—Monthly Issuer Fees” in this prospectus supplement.
A default by the master servicer or a subservicer or a termination of the servicing agreements may have an adverse effect on your notes.    The subservicing agreements may be terminated upon not less than 180 days’ notice. If the master servicer or a subservicer defaults on its obligations to service the student loans or the servicing agreement or a subservicing agreement is terminated, we cannot be certain of (a) the cost to transfer the servicing obligations to a successor, (b) the ability of that successor to perform the servicing obligations and duties of the master servicer or a subservicer under the servicing agreements, or (c) the servicing fees that would be charged by a successor master servicer or subservicer. Any of these events may adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on your notes.
Performance may be affected by Education Loan Servicing Corporation’s limited experience servicing student loans    Education Loan Servicing Corporation will initially subservice a portion of the student loans included in the trust estate. Education Loan Servicing Corporation began student loan servicing in July 2004 and has limited experience servicing student loans. Education Loan Servicing Corporation has not serviced student loans for any third party other than its affiliates. The servicing of student loans under the Higher Education Act is highly specialized and any failure of any subservicer to service the loans in accordance with the Higher Education Act could have an adverse effect on the notes.
Your notes may have a degree of basis risk that could compromise the issuer’s ability to pay principal and interest on your notes.    There is a degree of basis risk associated with the notes. Basis risk is the risk that shortfalls might occur because, among other things, the interest rates of the student loans and those of the notes adjust on the basis of different indexes. If a shortfall were to occur, the issuer’s ability to pay your principal and/or interest on the notes could be adversely affected.
Waiver or modification of certain statutory or regulatory requirements of the Higher Education Act pursuant to the Higher Education Relief Opportunities for Students Act of 2003 or Servicemembers Civil Relief Act could reduce the amount of funds available to the issuer to pay principal and interest on the notes    The Higher Education Relief Opportunities for Students Act of 2003 (HEROES Act of 2003) was signed into law on August 18, 2003. The HEROES Act of 2003 authorizes the Secretary of Education, during the period ending September 30, 2005, to waive or modify any statutory or regulatory provisions applicable to student financial aid programs under Title IV of the Higher Education Act as the Secretary deems necessary to ensure that student loan borrowers who: (i) are serving on active military duty during a war or other military operation or national emergency; (ii) are serving on National Guard duty during a war or other military operation or national emergency; (iii) reside or are employed in an area that is declared by any federal, state or local official to be a disaster area in connection with a national emergency; or (iv) suffered direct economic

 

S-13


Table of Contents
     hardship as a direct result of war or other military operation or national emergency, as determined by the Secretary, to ensure that such recipients of student financial assistance are not placed in a worse financial position in relation to that assistance, to ensure that administrative requirements in relation to that assistance are minimized, to ensure that calculations used to determine need for such assistance accurately reflect the financial condition of such individuals, to provide for amended calculations of overpayment, and to ensure that institutions of higher education, eligible lenders, guaranty agencies and other entities participating in such student financial aid programs that are located in, or whose operations are directly affected by, areas that are declared to be disaster areas by any
     federal, state or local official in connection with a national emergency may be temporarily relieved from requirements that are rendered infeasible or unreasonable.
     The number and aggregate principal balance of student loans that may be affected by the application of the HEROES Act of 2003 is not known at this time. Accordingly, payments received by the issuer on student loans made to a borrower who qualifies for such relief may be subject to certain limitations. If a substantial number of borrowers under the student loans become eligible for the relief provided under the HEROES Act of 2003, there could be an adverse effect on the total collections on the student loans and the ability of the issuer to pay interest on the notes if there are insufficient funds in the reserve account.
     The Servicemembers Civil Relief Act of 2003 (the “Civil Relief Act”), which replaced and clarified certain benefits extended to military persons under the Soldiers’ and Sailors’ Civil Relief Act of 1940, provides relief to borrowers who enter active military service and to borrowers in reserve status who are called to active duty after the origination of their student loans. The response of the United States to terrorist attacks domestically and abroad and recent and ongoing military operations by the United States may increase the number of citizens who are in active military service, including persons in reserve status who have been called or will be called to active duty. The Civil Relief Act provides that persons on active duty in military service who have incurred loans prior to their period of active duty may request to have interest on their loans in excess of 6% per year forgiven under certain circumstances.
     Congress has periodically adopted similar legislation, and may consider additional legislation, that provides for, among other things, interest rate caps and additional periods of deferment with respect to student loans made to members of the military, including reservists. There can be no assurance that additional legislation of this type will not be adopted in the future. The number and aggregate principal balance of Student Loans that have been or may be affected by the application of the Civil Relief Act, HEROES Act and the United States Department of Education’s recent guidelines is not known

 

S-14


Table of Contents
Statutory or regulatory changes to the Higher Education Act could have an effect on your notes   

The Higher Education Act is subject to amendments that may adversely affect the master servicer’s student loan operations. President Bush has made several proposals related to FFELP loans in his fiscal year 2006 budget as proposed to Congress. Some of the highlights of the President’s budget proposals, in no particular order, include:

 

•     reducing the federal guarantee on FFELP loans from 98% to 95%;

    

•     reducing the guarantee for loans serviced by servicers designated as exceptional performers from 100% to 97%;

 

•     providing for variable interest rates on consolidation loans, and maintaining variable interest rates on all other loan types, effectively repealing the planned change to fixed interest rates that was to occur on July 1, 2006;

 

•     granting extended repayment terms and increasing the limits on the amount that borrowers may borrow for FFELP loans;

 

•     increasing the origination fee charged to lenders from 50 basis points to 100 basis points;

 

•     imposing a new annual 25 basis point origination fee on consolidation loans; and

 

•     permitting reconsolidation (or refinancing) of existing consolidation loans on multiple occasions and requiring borrowers to pay a 100 basis point origination fee for each such refinancing.

 

We cannot predict whether the President’s budget proposals will be enacted into law, but they may form a portion of the framework for Congress as it negotiates the fiscal year 2006 budget resolution.

You may have difficulty selling your notes.    We intend to apply for a listing of the notes on the Irish Stock Exchange. There can be no assurance that this listing will be obtained. If the notes are not listed on a securities exchange and you want to sell your notes, you will have to locate a purchaser that is willing to purchase them. The underwriters intend to make a secondary market for the notes and may do so by offering to buy the notes from investors that wish to sell. However, the underwriters will not be obligated to make offers to buy the notes and may stop making offers at any time. In addition, the prices offered, if any, may not reflect prices that other potential purchasers would be willing to pay, were they to be given the opportunity. There have been times in the past where there have been very few buyers of asset-backed securities, and there may again be such a time in the future. As a result, you may not be able to sell your notes when you want to or you may not be able to obtain the price that you wish to receive.

 

S-15


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Statements in this prospectus supplement, including those concerning our expectations as to our ability to purchase student loans, to structure and to issue competitive securities, our ability to pay our notes, and certain other information presented in this prospectus supplement, constitute forward looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Actual results may vary materially from such expectations. You should not place undue reliance on those forward-looking statements. Please review the factors described in this prospectus supplement and in the accompanying prospectus under “RISK FACTORS”, which could cause our actual results to differ from expectations.

 

S-16


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

 

Interest Rates

 

The notes will bear interest at the annual rates listed below.

 

Series


  

Interest Rate


Series A-1

   three-month LIBOR, except for the first accrual period, plus 0.02%.

Series A-2

   three-month LIBOR, except for the first accrual period, plus 0.09%.

Series A-3

   three-month LIBOR, except for the first accrual period, plus 0.12%.

Series A-4

   three-month LIBOR, except for the first accrual period, plus 0.16%.

Series B

   three-month LIBOR, except for the first accrual period, plus 0.21%.

 

LIBOR for the first accrual period shall be determined by the indenture trustee by reference to straight line interpolation between three-month and four-month LIBOR based on the actual number of days in the interest accrual period. In each case, LIBOR will be determined on the days specified under “—Determination of LIBOR”.

 

LIBOR for the first accrual period will be determined by the following formula:

 

x + 6/30 * (y-x)

 

where: x = three-month LIBOR and y = four-month LIBOR.

 

 

We will calculate interest on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed during the related accrual period.

 

The Class A Notes

 

Distributions of Interest.    Interest will accrue on the principal balances of the Class A notes at their respective interest rates. Interest will accrue during each applicable accrual period and will be payable pro rata to the Class A noteholders entitled to distributions on each applicable distribution date based upon the total amount of interest then due on each such series of Class A notes. Interest accrued on any series of Class A notes as of any applicable distribution date but not paid on that distribution date will be due on the next applicable distribution date together with an amount equal to interest on the unpaid amount at the interest rate borne by that series of Class A notes. Interest payments to the Class A noteholders entitled to distributions on any applicable distribution date will generally be funded from Available Funds remaining after the distribution of the monthly issuer fees on that distribution date; from amounts on deposit in the capitalized interest account through the distribution date occurring in December 2006; and from amounts on deposit in the reserve account. See “—Allocations and Distributions” and “—Credit Enhancement—Reserve Account”. If these sources are insufficient to pay the Class A Interest Distribution Amount on that distribution date, the shortfall will be allocated pro rata to the Class A noteholders, based upon the total amount of interest then payable on each series of Class A notes entitled to distributions on that distribution date.

 

Distributions of Principal.    Principal payments will be made on the Class A notes on each distribution date in an amount generally equal to the Class A Principal Distribution Amount on that distribution date, until the principal balances of all notes are reduced to zero.

 

Principal payments on the Class A notes entitled to distributions on any applicable distribution date will generally be derived from Available Funds remaining after the distribution of the monthly issuer fees on that distribution date, the Class A Interest Distribution Amount on that distribution date, and the Class B Interest Distribution Amount on that distribution date. See “—Allocations and Distributions”, “—Credit Enhancement” and “—The Class B Notes—Subordination of the Class B Notes”. If these sources are insufficient to pay the Class A Principal Distribution Amount for a distribution date, the shortfall will be added to the principal payable to the Class A noteholders with respect to principal on subsequent distribution dates. Amounts on deposit in the reserve account, other than amounts in excess of the Reserve Account Requirement, will not be available to make principal payments on the Class A notes except at maturity of the applicable series of notes or on the final distribution upon termination of the trust estate. On the initial distribution date, the Principal Distribution Amount will include any amounts transferred from the acquisition account to the collection account during the initial collection period.

 

S-17


Table of Contents

We will apply principal sequentially on each distribution date to the Class A notes in an amount equal to the Class A Principal Distribution Amount, in the following manner:

 

    first, to the Series A-1 notes until paid in full;

 

    second, to the Series A-2 notes until paid in full;

 

    third, to the Series A-3 notes until paid in full; and

 

    fourth, to the Series A-4 notes until paid in full.

 

On and after the stepdown date, provided there is no trigger event then in effect, the Class B Principal Distribution Amount will be allocated to the Class B notes, pro rata with the allocation of the Class A Principal Distribution Amount to the Class A notes, until paid in full.

 

The stepdown date is the earlier of the distribution date in September 2010, provided that no trigger event is then in effect, or the date on which there are no Class A notes outstanding. A trigger event will be in effect on any distribution date while any Class A notes are outstanding, if, after giving effect to distributions to be made on that distribution date, the senior parity percentage would not equal at least 103.0% and the parity percentage would not equal at least 100.5%.

 

However, following the occurrence of an event of default and an acceleration of the notes under the indenture, principal payments on the Class A notes will be made or set aside for future distribution pro rata, without preference or priority.

 

The aggregate outstanding principal balance of each series of Class A notes will be due and payable in full on its maturity date. The actual date on which the aggregate outstanding principal and accrued interest of a series of Class A notes is paid may be earlier than its maturity date, based on a variety of factors.

 

The Class B Notes

 

Distributions of Interest.    Interest will accrue on the principal balances of the Class B notes at the Class B interest rate. Interest will accrue during each applicable accrual period and will be payable to the Class B noteholders on each applicable distribution date. Interest accrued as of any applicable distribution date but not paid on that distribution date will be due on the next applicable distribution date, together with an amount equal to interest on the unpaid amount at the Class B interest rate. Interest payments to the Class B noteholders entitled to distributions on any applicable distribution date will generally be funded from Available Funds remaining after the distribution of the monthly issuer fees on that distribution date and after the distribution of the Class A Interest Distribution Amount on that distribution date; from amounts on deposit in the capitalized interest account through the distribution date occurring in December 2006; and from amounts on deposit in the reserve account. See “—Allocations and Distributions”, “—Credit Enhancement—Reserve Account” and “—The Class B Notes—Subordination of the Class B Notes”. If these sources are insufficient to pay the Class B Interest Distribution Amount on that distribution date, the shortfall will be allocated pro rata to the Class B noteholders, based upon the total amount of interest then payable on Class B notes entitled to distributions on that distribution date. As long as the Class A notes are outstanding, a failure to pay interest on the Class B notes will not constitute an event of default under the indenture.

 

Distributions of Principal.    Subject to the payment of principal on the Class B notes as discussed under “—The Class B Notes—Subordination of the Class B Notes”, on and after the stepdown date, provided there is no trigger event then in effect, the Class B Principal Distribution Amount will be allocated to the Class B notes, pro rata with the allocation of the Class A Principal Distribution Amount to the Class A notes, until the Class B notes are paid in full.

 

Principal payments on the Class B notes entitled to distributions on any applicable distribution date will generally be derived from Available Funds remaining after the distribution of the monthly issuer fees on that

 

S-18


Table of Contents

distribution date, after the distribution of the Class A Interest Distribution Amount on that distribution date, after the distribution of the Class B Interest Distribution Amount on that distribution date and after the distribution of the Class A Principal Distribution Amount on that distribution date. See “—Allocations and Distributions” and “—Credit Enhancement”. If these sources are insufficient to pay the Class B Principal Distribution Amount for a distribution date, the shortfall will be added to the principal payable to the Class B noteholders with respect to principal on subsequent distribution dates. Amounts on deposit in the reserve account, other than amounts in excess of the Reserve Account Requirement, will not be available to make principal payments on the Class B notes except at maturity and on the final distribution upon termination of the trust estate.

 

The outstanding principal balance of the Class B notes will be due and payable in full on the Class B maturity date to the extent of available amounts. The actual date on which the final distribution on the Class B notes will be made may be earlier than the Class B maturity date, however, based on a variety of factors.

 

Subordination of the Class B Notes.    On any distribution date, distributions of interest on the Class B notes will be subordinate to the distributions of interest on the Class A notes. Consequently, on any applicable distribution date, Available Funds remaining after the distribution of monthly issuer expenses, amounts on deposit in the capitalized interest account through the distribution date occurring in December 2006, and amounts on deposit in the reserve account will be applied to the distribution of interest on the applicable Class A notes prior to any distribution of interest on the Class B notes. Distributions of principal on the Class B notes will be subordinate to the distributions of interest on the Class A notes, distributions of interest on the Class B notes and to distributions of principal on the Class A notes. Prior to the stepdown date, no principal will be paid to the Class B noteholders. On and after the stepdown date, principal will be allocated to the Class B noteholders on a distribution date in an amount equal to the Class B Principal Distribution Amount, pro rata with the allocation of the Class A Principal Distribution Amount on that distribution date, so long as there is no trigger event in effect.

 

Determination of LIBOR

 

One-month, two-month, three-month or four-month LIBOR, for any accrual period, is the London interbank offered rate for deposits in U.S. Dollars having a maturity of one month, two months, three months or four months, as applicable, commencing on the first day of the accrual period, which appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. London time, on the related LIBOR Determination Date. If an applicable rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750, the rate for that day will be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in U.S. Dollars, having the applicable maturity and in a principal amount of not less than U.S. $1,000,000, are offered at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on that LIBOR Determination Date, to prime banks in the London interbank market by the Reference Banks. The indenture trustee will request the principal London office of each Reference Bank to provide a quotation of its rate. If the Reference Banks provide at least two quotations, the rate for that day will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If the Reference Banks provide fewer than two quotations, the rate for that day will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted by major banks in New York City, selected by the indenture trustee, at approximately 11:00 a.m. New York time, on that LIBOR Determination Date, for loans in U.S. Dollars to leading European banks having the applicable maturity and in a principal amount of not less than U.S. $1,000,000. If the banks selected as described above are not providing quotations, one-month, two-month, three-month or four-month LIBOR in effect for the applicable accrual period will be one-month, two-month, three-month or four-month LIBOR in effect for the previous accrual period.

 

For this purpose:

 

    “LIBOR Determination Date” means, for each accrual period, the second business day before the beginning of that accrual period.

 

    “Telerate Page 3750” means the display page so designated on the Dow Jones Telerate Service or any other page that may replace that page on that service for the purpose of displaying comparable rates or prices.

 

    “Reference Banks” means four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the indenture trustee.

 

S-19


Table of Contents

For purposes of calculating one-month, two-month, three-month or four-month LIBOR, a business day is any day on which banks in New York City and the City of London are open for the transaction of international business. The interest due on the notes for any accrual period will be determined based on the actual number of days elapsed in the accrual period over a 360-day year.

 

Trust Accounts

 

The indenture trustee will establish and maintain under the indenture the acquisition account, collection account, the reserve account, the distribution account, and the capitalized interest account on behalf of the noteholders.

 

Funds in the acquisition account, the collection account, the reserve account, the distribution account, and the capitalized interest account will be invested as provided in the indenture in eligible investments. Eligible investments are generally limited to investments acceptable to the rating agencies as being consistent with the rating of the notes. Eligible investments are limited to obligations or securities that mature not later than the business day immediately preceding the next distribution date or the next monthly expense payment date, to the extent of the monthly issuer fees.

 

Monthly Issuer Fees

 

The fees and expenses payable by the indenture trustee prior to distribution of principal and interest on the notes include payments to the Secretary of Education as rebate fees and to each subservicer, the indenture trustee, the eligible lender trustee, the owner trustee, the master servicer and the administrator.

 

The monthly rebate fee to the Secretary of Education is payable at an annualized rate generally equal to 1.05% on principal of and interest on Federal Consolidation Loans disbursed on or after October 1, 1993. See “DESCRIPTION OF THE FEDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOAN PROGRAM—Fees—Rebate Fee on Federal Consolidation Loans” in the accompanying prospectus for information regarding the rebate fee payable to the Secretary of Education.

 

We have estimated the fees of the indenture trustee, the eligible lender trustee and the owner trustee to aggregate an amount not to exceed 0.014% per annum of the principal amount of notes outstanding.

 

The compensation of the master servicer is described under “—Servicing Fee”, the compensation of the subservicers is described under “—Subservicing Fees”, and the compensation of the administrator is described under “—Administration Fee”.

 

Servicing Fee

 

The master servicer will receive a servicing fee equal to 0.10% per annum of the average monthly outstanding principal balance of student loans serviced. The servicing fee may also include specified amounts payable to the master servicer for tasks it performs. The fees of each subservicer shall be paid on each monthly expense payment date as discussed under “—Allocations and Distributions—Distributions”.

 

Subservicing Fees

 

The contracts with each subservicer provide for monthly fees for the servicing of student loans according to schedules set forth in each subservicing agreement. The fees are charged on a per loan basis and are subject to increases upon 60 days’ prior written notice given by the end of any calendar quarter and the subservicing agreement is subject to termination upon at least 180 days’ prior written notice of termination given by the subservicer or at least 30 days’ prior written notice given by the issuer. The subservicers will receive a servicing fee equal to $3.25 per month per student loan for the first year that the student loans are serviced and equal to

 

S-20


Table of Contents

$2.88 per month per student loan thereafter. The subservicers may also charge additional fees based upon default claims collections and late charges collections. The fees of each subservicer shall be paid on each monthly expense payment date as discussed under “—Allocations and Distributions—Distributions”.

 

Allocations and Distributions

 

Deposits to Collection Account.    On or about the business day immediately prior to each distribution date, the master servicer and the administrator will provide the indenture trustee with certain information as to the preceding collection period, including the amount of Available Funds received from the student loans held under the indenture and the aggregate purchase amount of the student loans held under the indenture to be purchased by the seller, the depositor or the master servicer.

 

The master servicer will deposit all payments on student loans and all proceeds of student loans collected by it during each collection period into the collection account within two business days of receipt. The eligible lender trustee will deposit all interest subsidy payments and all special allowance payments on the student loans received by it for each collection period into the collection account within two business days of receipt.

 

Monthly Allocations.    On or prior to the 15th day of each month (beginning in July 2005), the indenture trustee will make the following allocations with funds on deposit in the collection account:

 

    first, deposit into the distribution account for the Secretary of Education, an amount equal to the monthly rebate fee payable to the Secretary of Education expected to be payable from the 15th day of the current calendar month to the 14th day of the subsequent calendar month plus previously accrued and unpaid or set aside amounts, as further described under “—Distributions”;

 

    second, deposit into the distribution account for each subservicer, pro rata, an amount equal to their fees expected to be payable from the 15th day of the current calendar month to the 14th day of the subsequent calendar month plus previously accrued and unpaid or set aside amounts;

 

    third, deposit into the distribution account for the indenture trustee, the eligible lender trustee and the owner trustee, pro rata, an amount equal to their fees expected to be payable from the 15th day of the current calendar month to the 14th day of the subsequent calendar month plus previously accrued and unpaid or set aside amounts;

 

    fourth, deposit into the distribution account for the master servicer and administrator, pro rata, the amounts of the servicing fee and administration fee expected to be payable from the 15th day of the current calendar month to the 14th day of the subsequent calendar month plus previously accrued and unpaid or set aside amounts;

 

    fifth, deposit into the distribution account, pro rata, for each series of Class A notes an amount equal to the interest expected to accrue on the Class A notes from the 15th day of the current calendar month to the 14th day of the subsequent calendar month plus previously accrued and unpaid or set aside amounts; and

 

    sixth, deposit into the distribution account for the Class B notes an amount equal to the interest expected to accrue on the Class B notes from the 15th day of the current calendar month to the 14th day of the subsequent calendar month plus previously accrued and unpaid or set aside amounts.

 

On or prior to the 15th day of each month in which a distribution date is to occur (beginning in July 2005), the indenture trustee will calculate the amount of payments that are to be made on such distribution date, and deposit the appropriate amount into the distribution account from the collection account.

 

Distributions.    On each monthly expense payment date, the indenture trustee will pay the following fees from amounts on deposit in the distribution account and allocated to the payment of those fees, and to the extent of any insufficiency, from amounts on deposit in the collection account: (i) the monthly rebate fee to the Secretary of Education at an annualized rate generally equal to 1.05% on principal of and interest on Federal

 

S-21


Table of Contents

Consolidation Loans described under “DESCRIPTION OF THE FEDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOAN PROGRAM—Fees—Rebate Fee on Federal Consolidation Loans” in the accompanying prospectus, (ii) pro rata, the fees of each subservicer, (iii) pro rata, the fees of the indenture trustee, the eligible lender trustee and the owner trustee, and (iv) pro rata, the fees of the master servicer and the administrator.

 

On each distribution date the indenture trustee will make the deposits and distributions set forth in clauses (a) through (h) below. These deposits and distributions will be made from amounts on deposit in the distribution account and allocated to the applicable payment; from and to the extent of the Available Funds on that distribution date after payment of the fees set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph; from amounts transferred from the capitalized interest account through the distribution date occurring in December 2006 with respect to clauses (a) and (b) below on that distribution date; and from amounts transferred from the reserve account with respect to clauses (a) and (b) below on that distribution date and with respect to the payment of principal on the Class A notes and Class B notes at their final maturities.

 

(a) To the Class A noteholders, the Class A Interest Distribution Amount, pro rata, based on the amounts payable as Class A Interest Distribution Amount;

 

(b) to the Class B noteholders, the Class B Interest Distribution Amount, pro rata, based on the amounts payable as Class B Interest Distribution Amount;

 

(c) to the Class A noteholders, the Class A Principal Distribution Amount in the following order:

 

(1) to the Series A-1 noteholders until paid in full;

 

(2) to the Series A-2 noteholders until paid in full;

 

(3) to the Series A-3 noteholders until paid in full; and

 

(4) to the Series A-4 noteholders until paid in full;

 

(d) on and after the stepdown date, provided there is no trigger event then in effect, the Class B Principal Distribution Amount will be paid to the Class B notes;

 

(e) to the reserve account, the amount, if any, necessary to reinstate the balance of the reserve account to the Reserve Account Requirement;

 

(f) if the parity percentage is not equal to at least 100.5% and the senior parity percentage is not equal to at least 103.0%, to the distribution account to pay principal on the Class A notes, in the order and priority described under clause (c) above, the least amount required to increase the parity percentage to at least 100.5% and the senior parity percentage to at least 103.0%, with those percentages computed assuming that immediately prior to the computation, the required payments of principal were actually made on the Class A notes;

 

(g) after the Class A notes have been paid in full, if the parity percentage is not equal to at least 100.5%, to the distribution account to pay principal on the Class B notes, the least amount required to increase the parity percentage to at least 100.5%, with that percentage computed assuming that immediately prior to the computation, the required payments of principal were actually made on the Class B notes; and

 

(h) to the issuer, any remaining amounts after application of the preceding clauses.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the student loans held under the indenture are not sold as described in this prospectus supplement under “SUMMARY—Administration of the Trust Estate—Auction of Trust Assets”, on each subsequent distribution date on which the Pool Balance is equal to 10% or less of the initial Pool Balance, the indenture trustee will distribute as accelerated payments of principal on the notes all amounts that would otherwise be paid to the issuer.

 

S-22


Table of Contents

If an event of default occurs under the indenture and as a result the notes are accelerated, payments will not be made in the order described above. Instead, payments will be made as described in the prospectus under “DESCRIPTION OF THE INDENTURE—Remedies on Default”.

 

Capitalized Interest Account.    The capitalized interest account will be created with an initial deposit on the closing date of cash or eligible investments in an amount equal to $4,167,000. The initial deposit will not be replenished.

 

The capitalized interest account will be reduced to $2,500,000 on the distribution date occurring in December 2005. Funds on deposit in the capitalized interest account on the distribution date occurring in December 2005 in excess of $2,500,000, after giving effect to all withdrawals from the capitalized interest account on or prior to that date, will be deposited to the collection account. In addition, any funds remaining on deposit in the capitalized interest account on the distribution date occurring in December 2006, after giving effect to all withdrawals from the capitalized interest account on that date, will be deposited into the collection account.

 

Except as described in the preceding paragraph, amounts held from time to time in the capitalized interest account will be held for the benefit of the Class A noteholders and the Class B noteholders, as applicable. Funds will be withdrawn from cash in the capitalized interest account on any distribution date to the extent that the amount of Available Funds on the distribution date is insufficient to pay any of the items specified in clauses (a) and (b) under “—Allocations and Distributions—Distributions” before applying to that payment amounts on deposit in the reserve account.

 

The capitalized interest account is intended to enhance the likelihood of timely distributions of interest to the noteholders through the distribution date occurring in December 2006.

 

Voting Rights and Remedies

 

Noteholders will have the voting rights and remedies described in the accompanying prospectus. See “DESCRIPTION OF THE INDENTURE—Remedies on Default” in the accompanying prospectus.

 

Credit Enhancement

 

Reserve Account.    The reserve account will be created with an initial deposit by the issuer on the closing date of cash or eligible investments in an amount equal to $4,985,524. The reserve account will be augmented on each distribution date by deposit into it the amount, if any, necessary to reinstate the balance of the reserve account to the Reserve Account Requirement from the amount of Available Funds remaining after payment on that date under clauses (a) through (d) under “—Allocations and Distributions—Distributions”.

 

If the amount in the reserve account on any distribution date is greater than or equal to the remaining principal amount of and interest accrued on the notes, these assets will be so applied on that distribution date.

 

If the amount on deposit in the reserve account on any distribution date after giving effect to all deposits or withdrawals from the reserve account on that distribution date is greater than the Reserve Account Requirement on that distribution date, the indenture trustee will deposit the amount of the excess into the collection account.

 

Amounts held from time to time in the reserve account will continue to be held for the benefit of the issuer. Funds will be withdrawn from cash in the reserve account on any distribution date to the extent that the amount of Available Funds and amounts on deposit in the capitalized interest account on that distribution date are insufficient to pay any of the items specified in clauses (a) and (b) under “—Allocations and Distributions—Distributions”.

 

S-23


Table of Contents

These funds also will be withdrawn at maturity of a series of notes or on the final distribution upon termination of the trust estate to the extent that the amount of Available Funds at that time is insufficient to pay any of the items specified in clauses (c) and (d) and, in the case of the final distribution upon termination of the trust estate, clauses (f) through (h) under “—Allocations and Distributions—Distributions”. These funds will be paid from the reserve account to the persons and in the order of priority specified for distributions out of the collection account in clauses (a) and (b), clauses (c) and (d) and clauses (f) through (h), as applicable.

 

The reserve account is intended to enhance the likelihood of timely distributions of interest to the noteholders and to decrease the likelihood that the noteholders will experience losses. In some circumstances, however, the reserve account could be reduced to zero. Amounts on deposit in the reserve account will be available to pay principal on the notes and accrued interest at the maturity of the notes.

 

Capitalized Interest Account.    The capitalized interest account will be created with an initial deposit on the closing date of cash or eligible investments in an amount equal to $4,167,000. The initial deposit will not be replenished. The capitalized interest account will be reduced to $2,500,000 on the distribution date occurring in December 2005. Funds on deposit in the capitalized interest account on the distribution date occurring in December 2005 in excess of $2,500,000, after giving effect to all withdrawals from the capitalized interest account on or prior to that date, will be deposited to the collection account. In addition, any funds remaining in the capitalized interest account on the distribution date occurring in December 2006, after giving effect to all withdrawals from the account on or prior to that date, will be deposited to the collection account. The capitalized interest account is intended to enhance the likelihood of timely distributions of interest to the noteholders through the distribution date occurring in December 2006.

 

Subordination of the Class B Notes.    Payments of interest on the Class B notes on a distribution date will be subordinate to the payment of interest on the Class A notes. Payments of principal on the Class B notes will be subordinate to the payment of interest on the Class A notes, payment of interest on the Class B notes and payment of principal on the Class A notes. Prior to the stepdown date, no principal will be paid to the Class B noteholders. See “—The Class B Notes—Subordination of the Class B Notes”.

 

Administration Fee

 

The administrator will receive an administration fee equal to 0.05% per annum of the average monthly outstanding principal balance of student loans in the trust estate.

 

S-24


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

The proceeds of the sale of the notes are expected to be $997,104,879 net of the underwriters’ discount of $2,895,121. Net proceeds from the sale of the notes will be used as follows:

 

    Approximately $987,952,354 will be deposited into the acquisition account, which will be used to acquire a pool of student loans with an aggregate principal balance, as of the statistical cut-off date, March 31, 2005, of approximately $986,967,555, as described in this prospectus supplement under “ACQUISITION OF THE STUDENT LOANS”;

 

    Approximately $4,985,524 will be deposited into the reserve account; and

 

    Approximately $4,167,000 will be deposited into the capitalized interest account and used to pay interest on our notes.

 

The proceeds of the sale of the notes will not be used to pay other expenses.

 

The following table summarizes the anticipated use of proceeds.

 

Account


   Amount

  

Percentage of

Net Proceeds


 

acquisition account

   $ 987,952,354    99.08 %

reserve account

   $ 4,985,524    0.50 %

capitalized interest account

   $ 4,167,000    0.42 %
    

  

Total Uses

   $ 997,104,879    100.00 %
    

  

 

ACQUISITION OF THE STUDENT LOANS

 

The seller will enter into a transfer and sale agreement with the depositor pursuant to which the seller will sell to the depositor all of the seller’s right, title and interest in a pool of student loans originated under the Federal Family Education Loan Program. The depositor will enter into a transfer and sale agreement with the issuer pursuant to which the depositor will sell to the issuer all of the depositor’s right, title and interest in the pool of student loans acquired from the seller.

 

On the closing date, the indenture trustee will deposit approximately $987,952,354 of the proceeds of the sale of the notes into the acquisition account. Using the amounts in the acquisition account, we expect to purchase from the depositor a pool of student loans in the amount of approximately $987,952,354 (including principal and interest accrued thereon) on or about the closing date. We may not purchase student loans that have characteristics that are materially and adversely different from the characteristics shown in the most recent cash flow projections provided to the rating agencies unless we first receive confirmation from each rating agency then rating any of our outstanding notes that the acquisition of such student loans will not result in its then-current rating(s) of those notes being reduced or withdrawn.

 

CHARACTERISTICS OF THE STUDENT LOANS

 

The portfolio of student loans to be acquired by the issuer will consist of student loans that, as of the statistical cut-off date of March 31, 2005, had an aggregate principal balance of $986,967,555. The depositor will acquire the student loans from the seller under a transfer and sale agreement with the seller and the depositor will

 

S-25


Table of Contents

transfer the student loans to the issuer under a transfer and sale agreement. No selection procedures believed by the seller to be adverse to the noteholders will be used in selecting the student loans.

 

The information described below with respect to the original term to maturity and remaining term of maturity of the student loans as of the statistical cut-off date may vary significantly from the actual term to maturity of any of the student loans as a result of the granting of deferral and forbearance periods with respect thereto.

 

The information presented in this prospectus supplement relating to the portfolio of student loans is as of the statistical cut-off date, which is March 31, 2005. The depositor believes that the information set forth below with respect to the student loans as of the statistical cut-off date is representative of the characteristics of the student loans as they will be constituted at the date the issuer purchases the student loans to be acquired by it on or about the closing date, although the actual loan balance and certain characteristics of the student loans may vary.

 

Set forth below in the following tables is a description as of the statistical cut-off date of certain characteristics of a portion of the student loans expected to be acquired on or about the closing date with a portion of the proceeds of the notes. (The percentages and the balances of loans set forth in certain of the tables below may not always add to 100% and $986,967,555, respectively, due to rounding.)

 

Composition of the Student Loan Portfolio as of the Statistical Cut-Off Date

 

Aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance

   $ 986,967,555

Number of Accounts(1)

     38,773

Average Outstanding Principal Balance Per Account

     $25,455

Number of Loans

     70,614

Average Outstanding Principal Balance Per Loan

     $13,977

Weighted Average Remaining Term to Maturity(2)

     242 months

Weighted Average Annual Borrower Interest Rate(3)

     4.93%

(1)   A single borrower can have more than one account if such borrower had different types of underlying FFELP Loans with certain characteristics.
(2)   We determined the weighted average remaining term to maturity shown in the table above from the statistical cut-off date to the stated maturity date of the applicable student loan, including any current deferral or forbearance periods, but without giving effect to any deferral or forbearance periods that may be granted in the future.
(3)   We determined the weighted average annual borrower interest rate shown in the table above without including any special allowance payments or any rate reductions that may be earned by borrowers in the future.

 

The weighted average annual borrower interest rate shown above excludes special allowance payments. The weighted average special allowance payment spread, to the three-month commercial paper rate was 2.64% as of the statistical cut-off date, March 31, 2005.

 

 

S-26


Table of Contents

Distribution of the Student Loans by Borrower Interest Rate as of the Statistical Cut-Off Date

 

Borrower Interest Rate(1)


   Outstanding
Principal Balance


  

Percent of Loans

By Outstanding Balance


   

Number

of Loans


Less than 3.50%

   $ 114,000,515    11.55 %   8,003

3.50% to 3.99%

     105,349,562    10.67 %   7,753

4.00% to 4.49%

     168,611,469    17.08 %   13,650

4.50% to 4.99%

     199,443,782    20.21 %   16,810

5.00% to 5.49%

     55,711,788    5.64 %   4,454

Greater than 5.49%

     343,850,439    34.84 %   19,944
    

  

 

Total

   $ 986,967,555    100.00 %   70,614
    

  

 

(1)   We determined the annual borrower interest rate shown in the table above without including any special allowance payments or any rate reductions that may be earned by borrowers in the future. All of the student loans (measured by outstanding principal balance) have fixed borrower interest rates, although a variable yield is provided by special allowance payments to the extent that the applicable special allowance payments calculation exceeds the fixed borrower interest rates for a given calendar quarter.

 

Distribution of the Student Loans by Loan Type as of the Statistical Cut-Off Date

 

Loan Type


   Outstanding
Principal Balance


  

Percent of Loans

By Outstanding Balance


   

Number

of Loans


Consolidation

   $ 986,967,555    100.00 %   70,614
    

  

 

Total

   $ 986,967,555    100.00 %   70,614
    

  

 

 

Distribution of the Student Loans by Subsidy Status as of the Statistical Cut-Off Date

 

Subsidy Status


   Outstanding
Principal Balance


  

Percent of Loans

By Outstanding Balance


   

Number

of Loans


Subsidized

   $ 499,230,539    50.58 %   34,915

Unsubsidized

     487,737,015    49.42 %   35,699
    

  

 

Total

   $ 986,967,555    100.00 %   70,614
    

  

 

 

Distribution of the Student Loans by Special Allowance Payment Interest Rate Index

as of the Statistical Cut-Off Date

 

SAP Interest Rate Index


   Outstanding
Principal Balance


  

Percent of Loans

By Outstanding Balance


   

Number

of Loans


90 Day CP Index

   $ 986,967,555    100.00 %   70,614
    

  

 

Total

   $ 986,967,555    100.00 %   70,614
    

  

 

 

S-27


Table of Contents

Distribution of the Student Loans by Remaining Term to Scheduled Maturity

as of the Statistical Cut-Off Date

 

Remaining Total Term(1)

(in months)


   Outstanding
Principal Balance


  

Percent of Loans

By Outstanding Balance


   

Number

of Loans


0 to 24

   $ 116,303    0.01 %   98

25 to 36

     141,146    0.01 %   77

37 to 48

     204,656    0.02 %   73

49 to 60

     436,614    0.04 %   81

61 to 72

     262,469    0.03 %   73

73 to 84

     1,478,525    0.15 %   151

85 to 96

     865,247    0.09 %   172

97 to 108

     421,254    0.04 %   67

109 to 120

     1,956,320    0.20 %   280

121 to 132

     973,756    0.10 %   86

133 to 144

     29,242,193    2.96 %   3,987

145 to 156

     95,079,884    9.63 %   13,035

157 to 168

     19,527,456    1.98 %   2,456

169 to 180

     64,474,051    6.53 %   7,247

181 to 192

     7,670,411    0.78 %   939

193 to 220

     198,869,077    20.15 %   16,069

221 to 260

     180,211,966    18.26 %   12,377

261 to 300

     182,791,977    18.52 %   8,118

Greater than 300

     202,244,248    20.49 %   5,228
    

  

 

Total

   $ 986,967,555    100.00 %   70,614
    

  

 

(1)   We determined the remaining term to maturity shown in the table above from the statistical cut-off date to the stated maturity date of the applicable student loan, including any current deferral or forbearance periods, but without giving effect to any deferral or forbearance periods that may be granted in the future.

 

Distribution of the Student Loans by Borrower Payment Status

as of the Statistical Cut-Off Date

 

Status


   Outstanding
Principal Balance


  

Percent of Loans

By Outstanding Balance


   

Number

of Loans


Deferment

   $ 95,267,278    9.65 %   7,579

Forbearance

     58,225,596    5.90 %   3,647

Repayment

                 

First Year in Repayment

     262,740,930    26.62 %   15,881

Second Year in Repayment

     3,708,617    0.38 %   227

Third Year in Repayment

     462,181,805    46.83 %   36,239

Fourth Year in Repayment

     104,843,329    10.62 %   7,041
    

  

 

Total

   $ 986,967,555    100.00 %   70,614
    

  

 

 

S-28


Table of Contents

Distribution of the Student Loans by the Number of Days of Delinquency

as of the Statistical Cut-Off Date

 

Days Delinquent


   Outstanding
Principal Balance


  

Percent of Loans

By Outstanding Balance


   

Number

of Loans


Current to 30 days

   $ 958,291,924    97.09 %   68,527

31 to 60 days

     20,236,941    2.05 %   1,436

61 to 90 days

     8,438,690    0.86 %   651
    

  

 

Total

   $ 986,967,555    100.00 %   70,614
    

  

 

 

Distribution of the Student Loans by Disbursement Date

as of the Statistical Cut-Off Date

 

Disbursement Date


   Outstanding
Principal Balance


  

Percent of Loans

By Outstanding Balance


   

Number

of Loans


October 1, 1993 and thereafter

   $ 986,967,555    100.00 %   70,614
    

  

 

Total

   $ 986,967,555    100.00 %   70,614
    

  

 

 

Distribution of the Student Loans by Guarantor

as of the Statistical Cut-Off Date

 

Guarantor


   Outstanding
Principal Balance


  

Percent of Loans

By Outstanding Balance


   

Number

of Loans


PHEAA

   $ 296,019,069    29.99 %   17,718

GLHEGC

     690,948,486    70.01 %   52,896
    

  

 

Total

   $ 986,967,555    100.00 %   70,614
    

  

 

 

Distribution of the Student Loans by Subservicer

as of the Statistical Cut-Off Date

 

Subservicer


   Outstanding
Principal Balance


  

Percent of Loans

By Outstanding Balance


   

Number

of Loans


ELSC

   $ 296,019,069    29.99 %   17,718

GLELSI

     690,948,486    70.01 %   52,896
    

  

 

Total

   $ 986,967,555    100.00 %   70,614
    

  

 

 

S-29


Table of Contents

Distribution of the Accounts by Account Principal Balance

as of the Statistical Cut-Off Date

 

Account Principal Balance


   Outstanding
Principal Balance


  

Percent of Loans

By Outstanding Balance


    Number
of Accounts


Less than $500

   $ 14,898    0.00 %   61

$500 to $999

     54,108    0.01 %   68

$1,000 to $1,999

     298,585    0.03 %   195

$2,000 to $2,999

     415,587    0.04 %   166

$3,000 to $3,999

     544,713    0.06 %   158

$4,000 to $5,999

     1,498,077    0.15 %   301

$6,000 to $7,999

     3,949,941    0.40 %   551

$8,000 to $9,999

     19,259,263    1.95 %   2,096

$10,000 to $14,999

     111,621,900    11.31 %   8,869

$15,000 to $19,999

     129,541,236    13.13 %   7,448

$20,000 to $24,999

     121,651,697    12.33 %   5,457

$25,000 to $29,999

     93,630,622    9.49 %   3,420

$30,000 to $34,999

     74,498,063    7.55 %   2,302

$35,000 to $39,999

     64,875,208    6.57 %   1,734

$40,000 to $49,999

     107,243,309    10.87 %   2,406

$50,000 to $59,999

     81,547,118    8.26 %   1,499

$60,000 to $69,999

     44,783,789    4.54 %   697

$70,000 to $79,999

     32,169,270    3.26 %   431

$80,000 to $89,999

     22,882,388    2.32 %   271

$90,000 to $99,999

     17,998,016    1.82 %   190

$100,000 to $109,999

     14,656,028    1.48 %   140

$110,000 to $119,999

     10,726,560    1.09 %   94

$120,000 to $129,999

     7,718,973    0.78 %   62

$130,000 to $139,999

     5,920,606    0.60 %   44

$140,000 to $149,999

     4,206,286    0.43 %   29

$150,000 or greater

     15,261,314    1.55 %   84
    

  

 

Total

   $ 986,967,555    100.00 %   38,773
    

  

 

 

Scheduled Weighted Average Remaining Months in Status of the Student Loans

by Current Borrower Payment Status as of the Statistical Cut-Off Date

 

     Scheduled Months in Status(1)

 

Status


   Deferral

   Forbearance

   Repayment

 

Deferment

   14.5         231.7 (2)

Forbearance

        3.8    253.2 (3)

Repayment

             240.0  

(1)   Scheduled months shown in the table were determined without giving effect to any deferral or forbearance periods that may be granted in the future.
(2)   Does not include months in deferment status.
(3)   Does not include months in forbearance status.

 

The weighted average number of months in repayment for all student loans that have entered repayment is approximately 18 months calculated as number of payments made as of the statistical cut-off date, March 31, 2005.

 

S-30


Table of Contents

Geographic Distribution of the Student Loans as of the Statistical Cut-Off Date

 

Location By
Borrower Address


   Outstanding
Principal Balance


   Percent of Loans
By Outstanding Balance


    Number
of Loans


Alabama

   $ 11,477,146    1.16 %   888

Alaska

     2,045,665    0.21 %   166

Arizona

     21,464,915    2.17 %   1,498

Arkansas

     4,631,276    0.47 %   329

Armed Forces (Europe)

     491,826    0.05 %   48

Armed Forces (Pacific)

     613,428    0.06 %   39

California

     117,204,462    11.88 %   8,087

Colorado

     23,838,941    2.42 %   1,702

Connecticut

     12,159,739    1.23 %   764

Delaware

     2,873,666    0.29 %   180

District of Columbia

     4,596,829    0.47 %   290

Florida

     44,053,470    4.46 %   2,909

Georgia

     27,167,217    2.75 %   1,852

Guam

     163,584    0.02 %   11

Hawaii

     3,614,065    0.37 %   272

Idaho

     5,700,461    0.58 %   449

Illinois

     44,186,168    4.48 %   3,173

Indiana

     17,090,312    1.73 %   1,307

Iowa

     11,583,323    1.17 %   927

Kansas

     10,317,119    1.05 %   738

Kentucky

     10,650,605    1.08 %   935

Louisiana

     9,333,418    0.95 %   637

Maine

     3,978,232    0.40 %   274

Maryland

     22,232,425    2.25 %   1,478

Massachusetts

     23,989,489    2.43 %   1,614

Michigan

     32,447,792    3.29 %   2,559

Minnesota

     25,276,975    2.56 %   2,132

Mississippi

     5,604,161    0.57 %   397

Missouri

     16,897,800    1.71 %   1,212

Montana

     3,019,138    0.31 %   231

Nebraska

     6,912,650    0.70 %   507

Nevada

     7,287,192    0.74 %   500

New Hampshire

     5,160,146    0.52 %   304

New Jersey

     33,120,601    3.36 %   2,270

New Mexico

     4,704,202    0.48 %   324

New York

     73,679,774    7.47 %   5,130

North Carolina

     20,617,874    2.09 %   1,539

North Dakota

     1,757,729    0.18 %   158

Ohio

     55,325,994    5.61 %   4,176

Oklahoma

     7,715,769    0.78 %   570

Oregon

     15,066,087    1.53 %   1,076

Pennsylvania

     61,697,347    6.25 %   4,486

Puerto Rico

     2,310,597    0.23 %   166

Rhode Island

     3,614,801    0.37 %   245

South Carolina

     9,582,171    0.97 %   700

 

S-31


Table of Contents

Location By
Borrower Address


   Outstanding
Principal Balance


   Percent of Loans
By Outstanding Balance


    Number
of Loans


South Dakota

   $ 4,708,811    0.48 %   359

Tennessee

     12,619,468    1.28 %   872

Texas

     48,269,087    4.89 %   3,235

Utah

     5,274,154    0.53 %   326

Vermont

     1,364,061    0.14 %   91

Virgin Islands

     299,590    0.03 %   14

Virginia

     27,658,141    2.80 %   1,988

Washington

     22,310,239    2.26 %   1,714

West Virginia

     6,337,504    0.64 %   445

Wisconsin

     27,956,923    2.83 %   2,124

Wyoming

     1,230,940    0.12 %   94

Foreign Address

     1,275,920    0.13 %   86

Other

     406,140    0.04 %   17
    

  

 

Total

   $ 986,967,555    100.00 %   70,614
    

  

 

 

REGARDING THE STUDENT LOANS

 

Description of each Borrower Benefit Program Applicable to the Student Loans

 

The portfolio of student loans beneficially owned by the issuer will consist of student loans eligible for certain incentive programs applicable to the student loans. Under one of those incentive programs, the interest rate on a student loan may be reduced by up to 1.0% after timely receipt (i.e., not more than 15 days delinquent) of the initial 36 or 48 payments from the borrower, depending on when the student loan was made and the principal amount of the student loan. This interest rate reduction is effective for as long as the borrower continues to make timely payments. In addition, all borrowers who authorize automatic payment of their student loans from a checking or savings account receive an interest rate that is 0.25% less than the usual rate. Under another program, the “RightRate Program”, the rate the borrower is charged is determined on a quarterly basis and is the lesser of (i) a variable rate tied to the federal commercial paper rate for the applicable quarter, or (ii) a fixed rate based on the weighted average rate applicable to all loans of the borrower being consolidated. This program primarily benefits borrowers who have previously consolidated their loans at a high fixed interest rate because it gives them the ability to pay at a variable rate which generally will be lower than the fixed rate. Consolidation loans originated by Education Lending Services, Inc. and serviced by Great Lakes Educational Loan Services, Inc. are not eligible for the RightRate program.

 

Description of Subservicers

 

Our student loans will be subserviced by Great Lakes Educational Loan Services, Inc. (“GLELSI”) and by Education Loan Servicing Corporation (“ELSC”), pursuant to separate subservicing agreements with Education Lending Services, Inc. (the master servicer). Under the subservicing agreements, each subservicer is responsible for servicing specified student loans that are originated under the Higher Education Act and acquired from time to time on behalf of the issuer for which each subservicer is retained as subservicer. Each subservicer is responsible for performing all services and duties customary to the servicing of student loans and to do so in compliance with, and to otherwise comply with, all standards and procedures provided for in the Higher Education Act, the applicable guarantee agreements and applicable regulations of the United States Department of Education. Each subservicer is required to maintain its eligibility as a third-party servicer under the Higher Education Act. Each subservicing agreement will contain provisions substantially similar to those provisions of the master servicing agreement described in the accompanying prospectus under “SERVICING OF THE STUDENT LOANS—The Servicing Agreement” and “—Master Servicer Covenants”. GLELSI will act as subservicer for approximately 70% of the outstanding principal balance of our student loans as of the statistical

 

S-32


Table of Contents

cut-off date, March 31, 2005, and ELSC will act as subservicer for approximately 30% of the outstanding principal balance of our student loans as of the statistical cut-off date, March 31, 2005. Outstanding student loans may be may be transferred from one subservicer to another if we receive a rating agency confirmation as specified in the indenture that such transfer will not result in the then-current rating(s) of the notes being reduced or withdrawn.

 

GLELSI.    The following information has been provided to the issuer by GLELSI. The issuer and the underwriters have not audited or independently verified this information for accuracy or completeness.

 

GLELSI is a wholly owned subsidiary of Great Lakes Higher Education Corporation (“GLHEC”), a Wisconsin nonstock, nonprofit corporation. The primary operations center for GLHEC and its affiliates (including GLELSI) is in Madison, Wisconsin, which includes the data processing center and operational staff offices for both guarantee support services provided by GLELSI to GLHEC and affiliates and third-party guaranty agencies and lender servicing and origination functions. GLHEC and affiliates also maintain regional offices in Columbus, Ohio and St. Paul, Minnesota and customer support staff located nationally.

 

In June 2004, GLELSI received the Exceptional Performer designation from the U.S. Department of Education (“Department”). As a result, lenders serviced by GLELSI are eligible to receive 100% reimbursement on all claims submitted for insurance. Lenders will not be subject to the 2% risk sharing loss as long as GLELSI retains the Exceptional Performer designation. GLELSI could lose its Exceptional Performer designation as a result of a variety of factors, including changes to the Higher Education Act. GLELSI could also lose Exceptional Performer status if subsequent audits fail to meet the Department’s standards.

 

In March 2005, Moody’s Investors Service assigned its highest servicer quality (SQ) rating of SQ1 to GLELSI as a servicer of FFELP student loans. Moody’s SQ ratings represent its view of a servicer’s ability to prevent or mitigate losses across changing markets. Moody’s rating incorporates an assessment of performance measurements including delinquency transition rates, cure rates, claim reject rates—all valuable indicators of a servicer’s ability to get maximum returns from student loan portfolios.

 

As of March 31, 2005, GLELSI serviced 1,661,306 student and parental accounts with an outstanding balance of $23.3 billion for over 1,200 lenders nationwide. As of March 31, 2005, 63% of the portfolio serviced by GLELSI was in repayment status, 4% was in grace status and the remaining 33% was in interim status. GLELSI will provide a copy of GLHEC’s most recent consolidated financial statements on receipt of a written request directed to 2401 International Lane, Madison, Wisconsin 53704, Attention: Chief Financial Officer.

 

ELSC.    The following information has been provided to the issuer by ELSC. The issuer and the underwriters have not audited or independently verified this information for accuracy or completeness.

 

Education Loan Servicing Corporation (ELSC) is a wholly owned subsidiary of Education Lending Group, Inc. ELSC is located in Cleveland, Ohio.

 

ELSC has been disbursing and servicing student loans since July 2004. ELSC commenced operations with the disbursement and servicing of consolidation loans. ELSC has disbursed 16,081 consolidation loans and services a portfolio totaling approximately $390,600,000 as of May 1, 2005. ELSC is a remote user of the PHEAA COMPASSSM Student Loans Management System.

 

ELSC’s senior management team has extensive experience in the student loan servicing business. The President of ELSC, David Harmon, and each of ELSC’s vice presidents previously held executive positions with established student loan servicers and their collective experience exceeds an average of 15 years. ELSC currently has over 55 full time employees.

 

S-33


Table of Contents

ELSC has two primary operational groups comprised of loan disbursements and repayment servicing, as well as various support groups located in the Cleveland office. ELSC expects to begin disbursing and servicing Stafford and PLUS loans by the end of the second quarter of 2005.

 

Description of Guarantee Agencies for the Student Loans

 

General.    Each student loan is required to be guaranteed as to principal and interest by one of the guarantee agencies described below and reinsured by the United States Department of Education under the Higher Education Act and must be eligible for special allowance payments and, in the case of some student loans, interest subsidy payments by the United States Department of Education.

 

Guarantee Agencies for the Student Loans.    The eligible lender trustee has entered into a separate guarantee agreement with Great Lakes Higher Education Guaranty Corporation (“GLHEGC”) and with Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance Agency d/b/a American Education Services (“PHEAA”), under which each of the guarantors has agreed to serve as guarantor for specified student loans. GLHEGC will act as guarantor for approximately 70% of the outstanding principal balance of our student loans as of the statistical cut-off date of March 31, 2005, and PHEAA will act as guarantor for approximately 30% of the outstanding principal balance of our student loans as of the statistical cut-off date of March 31, 2005.

 

Under the Higher Education Act Amendments of 1992, if the United States Department of Education has determined that a guarantee agency is unable to meet its insurance obligations, a loan holder may submit claims directly to the United States Department of Education and the United States Department of Education is required to pay the full guarantee payment in accordance with guarantee claim processing standards no more stringent than those of the guarantee agency. We cannot assure you that the United States Department of Education would ever make such a determination with respect to a guarantee agency or, if such a determination was made, whether that determination or the ultimate payment of guarantee claims would be made in a timely manner. See “Description of the Guarantee Agencies” in the prospectus.

 

GLHEGC.    The following information regarding GLHEGC has not been audited or independently verified by the issuer or the underwriters for accuracy or completeness.

 

Great Lakes Higher Education Guaranty Corporation (“GLHEGC”) is a Wisconsin nonstock, nonprofit corporation the sole member of which is Great Lakes Higher Education Corporation (“GLHEC”). GLHEGC’s predecessor organization, GLHEC, was organized as a Wisconsin nonstock, nonprofit corporation and began guaranteeing student loans under the Higher Education Act in 1967. GLHEGC is the designated guarantee agency under the Higher Education Act for Wisconsin, Minnesota, Ohio, Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands. On January 1, 2002, GLHEC (and GLHEGC directly and through its support services agreement with GLHEC), transferred the majority of their student loan program guaranty support operations and personnel to Great Lakes Educational Loan Services, Inc. (“GLELSI”) a wholly owned subsidiary of GLHEC. GLHEGC continues as the “guaranty agency” as defined in Section 435(j) of the Higher Education Act and continues its default aversion, claim purchase and compliance, collection support and federal reporting responsibilities as well as custody and responsibility for all revenues, expenses and assets related to that status. GLHEGC (through its support services agreement with GLHEC) also performs oversight of all student loan program guaranty support operations transferred to GLELSI and supportive of GLHEGC’s “guaranty agency” responsibilities. The primary operations center for GLHEC and its affiliates (including GLHEGC and GLELSI) is in Madison, Wisconsin, which includes the data processing center and operational staff offices for both guaranty and servicing functions. GLHEC and affiliates also maintain regional offices in Columbus, Ohio and St. Paul, Minnesota and customer support staff located nationally. GLHEGC will provide a copy of GLHEC’s most recent consolidated financial statements on receipt of a written request directed to 2401 International Lane, Madison, Wisconsin 53704, Attention: Chief Financial Officer.

 

GLHEGC has entered into a voluntary flexible agreement with the U.S. Department of Education pursuant to the 1998 Reauthorization Amendments. Under GLHEGC’s agreement, which commenced October 1, 2000

 

S-34


Table of Contents

and is currently effective through September 30, 2005, GLHEGC’s revenues are tied directly to default aversion performance. Certain sources of GLHEGC’s Operating Fund revenues are replaced by a single fee-for-service funding source tied directly to the percentage of delinquent loans that do not default during the measurement period. In lieu of statutory collection retention amounts, the U.S. Department of Education reimburses GLHEGC only for its actual post-default collection related expenses. This agreement also calls for GLHEGC to escrow the liquid assets of GLHEGC’s Federal Fund for the benefit of the U.S. Department of Education. GLHEGC may also engage in negotiations with lenders to define whether the lender or GLHEGC will complete each of the due diligence requirements. Finally, this agreement allows GLHEGC to pilot a new approach to the claims review process, under which GLHEGC develops and implements with willing lenders and servicers a post-claim random sampling process that replaces the current claim-by-claim process. The GLHEGC agreement is automatically renewed for one-year effective periods, unless terminated 90 days prior to the end of an effective period (a pending amendment would make the agreement subject to termination by either party on ninety (90) days notice).

 

The information in the following tables has been provided to the issuer from reports provided by or to the U.S. Department of Education and has not been verified by the issuer, GLHEGC or the underwriters. No representation is made by the issuer, GLHEGC or the underwriters as to the accuracy or completeness of this information. Prospective investors may consult the United States Department of Education Data Books and website for further information concerning GLHEGC or any other guarantee agency at: http://www.ed.gov/finaid/prof/resources/data/opeloanvol.html.

 

Guarantee Volume.    GLHEGC’s guaranty volume for each of the last five federal fiscal years, including Stafford, Unsubsidized Stafford, SLS, PLUS and Consolidation loan volume was as follows:

 

Federal Fiscal Year


   Guaranty Volume (millions)

1999

   $ 1,736.0

2000

     2,141.9

2001

     2,246.7

2002

     4,473.1

2003

     8,721.3

 

Statutory Reserve Ratio.    Following are GLHEGC’s reserve fund levels as calculated in accordance with 34 CFR 682.410(a)(10) for the last five federal fiscal years:

Federal Fiscal Year


  

Federal Guaranty

Reserve Fund Level*


1999

     2.55%

2000

     2.12%

2001

     2.12%

2002

     1.86%

2003**

     1.168%

*   In accordance with Section 428(c)(9) of the Higher Education Act, does not include loans transferred from the former Higher Education Assistance Foundation, NorthStar Guarantee Inc., Ohio Student Aid Commission or Puerto Rico Higher Education Assistance Corporation. (The minimum reserve fund ratio under the Higher Education Act is 0.25%.)
**   The information for federal fiscal year 2003 has been obtained from the Department of Education’s website at http://www.fp.ed.gov/PORTALSWebApp/fp/whatsnew.jsp. GLHEGC believes the Department of Education has not calculated the reserve ratio in accordance with the Act and the correct ratio is 1.29%. According to the Department of Education, available cash reserves may not always be an accurate barometer of a guarantor’s financial health.

 

S-35


Table of Contents

Claims Rate.     For the past five federal fiscal years, GLHEGC’s claims rate has not exceeded 5%, and, as a result, the highest allowance reinsurance has been paid on all GLHEGC’s claims. The actual claims rates are as follows:

 

Federal Fiscal Year


   Claims Rate

 

1999

   1.28 %

2000

   1.17 %

2001

   1.46 %

2002

   1.06 %

2003

   1.27 %

 

PHEAA.    The following information regarding PHEAA has not been audited or independently verified by the issuer or the underwriters for accuracy or completeness.

 

PHEAA is a public corporation and a government instrumentality of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. PHEAA was founded in 1964 and is located in Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. PHEAA guarantees FFELP loans, services student loans, administers certain state scholarship and financial aid programs, and issues tax-exempt and taxable notes to finance its lending and secondary market purchases of student loan portfolios. As of January 31, 2005, PHEAA, as lender and secondary market purchaser, had total assets of $5.88 billion. PHEAA has approximately 2,300 employees.

 

Guarantee Volume.    PHEAA’s guaranty volume for FFELP Loans (excluding Consolidation Loans) for each of the last five PHEAA fiscal years was as follows:

 

PHEAA Fiscal Year (Ending June 30)


  

Net Guaranty Volume

(in thousands)


2000

   $ 2,075,886

2001

   $ 2,252,380

2002

   $ 2,529,963

2003

   $ 2,813,006

2004

   $ 3,131,246

 

Claims Rate.    For the past five federal fiscal years, PHEAA’s claims rate has not exceeded 5% and, as a result, the highest allowance reinsurance has been paid on all PHEAA claims. The actual claims rates are as follows:

 

Federal Fiscal Year


   Claims Rate

 

2000

   1.1 %

2001

   1.7 %

2002

   1.7 %

2003

   1.5 %

2004

   1.1 %

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE INDENTURE

 

The notes will be issued under an Indenture of Trust dated as of June 1, 2005 among the issuer, the indenture trustee and the eligible lender trustee. On the closing date, the issuer will pledge the student loans and other moneys received from the net proceeds of the notes to the indenture trustee under the indenture. Certain provisions of the indenture are summarized in the accompanying prospectus under “DESCRIPTION OF THE INDENTURE”.

 

S-36


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among the seller, the depositor, the master servicer, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, as representatives of the underwriters, the issuer has agreed to sell to the underwriters, and the underwriters have agreed to purchase the notes from the issuer in the principal amounts set forth below.

 

Series of Notes


  Citigroup
Global
Markets Inc.


  Credit Suisse
First Boston LLC


  Deutsche Bank
Securities Inc.


  Lehman
Brothers Inc.


  Merrill Lynch,
Pierce, Fenner
& Smith
Incorporated


  RBC
Dain Rauscher Inc.


 

Wachovia
Capital

Markets LLC


  Total

Series A-1 Notes

  $ 83,661,000   $ 83,661,000   $ 33,463,000   $ 33,463,000   $ 33,463,000   $ 33,463,000   $ 33,463,000   $ 334,637,000

Series A-2 Notes

  $ 52,441,000   $ 52,441,000   $ 20,976,000   $ 20,976,000   $ 20,976,000   $ 20,976,000   $ 20,976,000   $ 209,762,000

Series A-3 Notes

  $ 50,402,000   $ 50,401,000   $ 20,160,000   $ 20,160,000   $ 20,160,000   $ 20,160,000   $ 20,160,000   $ 201,603,000

Series A-4 Notes

  $ 55,999,000   $ 55,999,000   $ 22,400,000   $ 22,400,000   $ 22,400,000   $ 22,400,000   $ 22,400,000   $ 223,998,000

Series B Notes

  $ 15,000,000   $ 15,000,000     —       —       —       —       —     $ 30,000,000
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

  $ 257,503,000   $ 257,502,000   $ 96,999,000   $ 96,999,000   $ 96,999,000   $ 96,999,000   $ 96,999,000   $ 1,000,000,000
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, that if they purchase any of the notes, they will purchase all of them. The underwriters have advised the issuer that the underwriters propose initially to offer the notes to the public at the offering prices set forth below and on the cover page of this prospectus supplement, and to certain dealers at these prices less concessions not in excess of the concessions listed below. The underwriters may offer and sell the notes at prices lower than the offering prices stated on the cover page hereof. The initial offering prices may be changed from time to time by the underwriters.

 

Series of Notes


  

Price to

Public


   Underwriters’
Discount


    Proceeds to
the Issuer


   Concession

    Reallowance

 

Series A-1 Notes

   $ 334,637,000    0.20 %   $ 333,967,726    0.120 %   0.060 %

Series A-2 Notes

   $ 209,762,000    0.25 %   $ 209,237,595    0.150 %   0.075 %

Series A-3 Notes

   $ 201,603,000    0.34 %   $ 200,917,550    0.204 %   0.102 %

Series A-4 Notes

   $ 223,998,000    0.40 %   $ 223,102,008    0.240 %   0.120 %

Series B Notes

   $ 30,000,000    0.40 %   $ 29,880,000    0.240 %   0.120 %
    

  

 

  

 

Total

   $ 1,000,000,000          $ 997,104,879             
    

        

            

 

The underwriting agreement provides that Education Lending Group, Inc. will indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities (including liabilities under applicable securities laws), or contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make as a result of those liabilities.

 

The notes are new issues of securities with no established trading market. The underwriters intend to make a market in the notes but they do not have to do so and may discontinue market making activities at any time without notice. We cannot assure you that you will be able to sell your notes.

 

The underwriters and some of their affiliates have in the past engaged, and may in the future engage, in commercial or investment banking activities with the issuer, the depositor, the master servicer and their affiliates.

 

The issuer may, from time to time, invest the funds in the funds and accounts in eligible investments acquired from the underwriters.

 

LISTING AND GENERAL INFORMATION

 

Application is expected to be made to list the notes on the Irish Stock Exchange. In connection with the listing of the notes on the Irish Stock Exchange, this prospectus supplement, the indenture, the underwriting agreement and other material agreements related to the issuance of the notes will be filed with the Registrar of

 

S-37


Table of Contents

Companies of Ireland pursuant to Regulation 13 of the European Community (Stock Exchange) Regulations, 1984 of Ireland. Issuance and settlement of the notes is not conditioned on the listing of the notes on the Irish Stock Exchange.

 

Copies of the certificate of trust for the issuer, the certificate of formation for the depositor, the material agreements described above and a description of the student loans will be available for inspection for a period of fourteen days from the date of the listing particulars and will be obtainable at the principal office of the issuer and at the offices of the Irish listing agent in Ireland, where copies thereof may be obtained upon request.

 

The notes sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities and Exchange Act, issued in book-entry form, will be held through Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear, in Europe, if investors are participants of these systems, or held indirectly through organizations that are participants in these systems.

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

Certain legal matters relating to the issuer, the seller, the depositor, the master servicer, and the notes will be passed on by Thompson Hine LLP. Specific legal matters relating to the perfection of the transfers of the student loan notes and related to federal income tax matters will be passed on by Thompson Hine LLP. Thompson Hine LLP has performed legal services for the seller and the depositor and/or their affiliates in the past, and it is expected that they will continue to perform those services in the future. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by McKee Nelson LLP.

 

RATINGS

 

It is a condition to the sale of the Class A notes that they be rated “AAA” by Fitch Ratings, “Aaa” by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and “AAA” by Standard & Poor’s. It is a condition to the sale of the Class B notes that they be rated at least “AA” by Fitch Ratings, “Aa1” by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and “AA- ” by Standard & Poor’s. A securities rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating agency. The ratings of the notes address the likelihood of the ultimate payment of principal of and interest on the notes under their terms.

 

The issuer has furnished and will furnish to the rating agencies information and materials, some of which have not been included in this prospectus supplement. Generally, a rating agency bases its rating on this information and materials, investigations, studies and assumptions obtained by the rating agency. There is no assurance that any rating will apply for any given period of time or that it will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by the rating agency.

 

Each rating is subject to change or withdrawal at any time and any change or withdrawal may affect the market price or marketability of the notes. The underwriters undertake no responsibility either to bring to the attention of the noteholders any proposed change in or withdrawal of any rating of the notes or to oppose any change or withdrawal.

 

S-38


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A

 

Glossary of Defined Terms

 

“Adjusted Pool Balance” means, for any distribution date,

 

    if the Pool Balance as of the last day of the related collection period is greater than 10% of the initial Pool Balance, the sum of that Pool Balance, any amounts on deposit in the capitalized interest account and the reserve account minimum required balance on that distribution date; or

 

    if the Pool Balance as of the last day of the related collection period is less than or equal to 10% of the initial Pool Balance, that Pool Balance.

 

“Available Funds” means the sum of the following amounts to the extent not previously distributed:

 

    all collections received by the master servicer on the student loans, including any guarantee payments received on the student loans, but net of:

 

  (a)   any collections in respect of principal on the student loans applied by the issuer to repurchase guaranteed loans from the guarantors under the guarantee agreements, and

 

  (b)   amounts required by the Higher Education Act to be paid to the Department of Education or to be repaid to borrowers, whether or not in the form of a principal reduction of the applicable student loan, on the student loans for that collection period including consolidation loan rebate fees;

 

    any interest subsidy payments and special allowance payments received by the master servicer or the eligible lender trustee during that collection period for the student loans;

 

    all proceeds of the liquidation of defaulted student loans that were liquidated in accordance with the master servicer’s or the subservicer’s customary servicing procedures, net of expenses incurred by the master servicer or the subservicers related to their liquidation and any amounts required by law to be remitted to the borrower on the liquidated student loans, and all recoveries on liquidated student loans that were written off;

 

    the aggregate purchase amounts received during that collection period for those student loans repurchased by the depositor or purchased by the master servicer or for student loans sold to another eligible lender pursuant to the servicing agreement;

 

    the aggregate purchase amounts received during that collection period for those student loans purchased by the seller;

 

    the aggregate amounts, if any, received from the seller, the depositor or the master servicer, as the case may be, as reimbursement of non-guaranteed interest amounts, or lost interest subsidy payments or special allowance payments, on the student loans pursuant to the transfer and sale agreements or the servicing agreement;

 

    amounts received by the issuer pursuant to the servicing agreement during that collection period as to yield or principal adjustments; and

 

    investment earnings on the trust accounts on that distribution date and any interest remitted by the indenture trustee to the collection account prior to such distribution date or monthly expense payment date;

 

provided that if on any distribution date there would not be sufficient funds, after application of Available Funds, as defined above, and application of amounts available from the capitalized interest account, and the reserve account, if any, to pay the monthly issuer expenses and the items specified in clauses (a) and (b) under “DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES—Allocations and Distributions—Distributions” in this prospectus

 

A-1


Table of Contents

supplement, then Available Funds on that distribution date will include, in addition to the Available Funds as defined above, amounts on deposit in the collection account, or amounts held by the indenture trustee, or which the indenture trustee reasonably estimates to be held by the indenture trustee, for deposit into the collection account which would have constituted Available Funds for the distribution date succeeding that distribution date, up to the amount necessary to pay such items, and the Available Funds for the succeeding distribution date will be adjusted accordingly.

 

“Class A Distribution Amount” means, for any distribution date, the sum of the Class A Interest Distribution Amount and the Class A Principal Distribution Amount on that distribution date.

 

“Class A Interest Distribution Amount” means, for any distribution date, the sum of:

 

  (a)   the amount of interest accrued at the Class A note interest rates for the related accrual period with respect to all series of Class A notes with a distribution date on that distribution date on the aggregate outstanding principal balances of these series of Class A notes on the applicable immediately preceding distribution date(s) after giving effect to all principal distributions to Class A noteholders on that preceding distribution dates or, in the case of the initial distribution date for these series of Class A notes, on the closing date, and

 

  (b)   the Class A Note Interest Shortfall on that distribution date.

 

“Class A Note Interest Shortfall” means, for any distribution date, the sum, for all of the Class A notes with a distribution date on that distribution date, of the excess of:

 

  (a)   the Class A Interest Distribution Amount payable to each series of Class A notes on the preceding distribution date for the series, over

 

  (b)   the amount of interest actually distributed with respect to each such series of Class A notes on that preceding distribution date;

 

plus interest on the amount of that excess, to the extent permitted by law, at the interest rates on these Class A notes from that preceding distribution date to the current distribution date.

 

“Class A Note Principal Shortfall” means, as of the close of any distribution date, the excess of:

 

  (a)   the Class A Principal Distribution Amount on that distribution date, over

 

  (b)   the amount of principal actually distributed to the Class A noteholders on that distribution date.

 

“Class A Percentage” means, for each distribution date, 100% minus the Class B Percentage.

 

“Class A Principal Distribution Amount” means the Principal Distribution Amount on that distribution date multiplied by the Class A Percentage, plus the Class A Note Principal Shortfall; provided that the Class A Principal Distribution Amount will not exceed the outstanding principal balance of the Class A notes. In addition:

 

  (a)   on the Series A-1 maturity date, the principal required to be distributed to Series A-1 noteholders will include the amount required to reduce the outstanding principal balance of the Series A-1 notes to zero;

 

  (b)   on the Series A-2 maturity date, the principal required to be distributed to Series A-2 noteholders will include the amount required to reduce the outstanding principal balance of the Series A-2 notes to zero;

 

  (c)   on the Series A-3 maturity date, the principal required to be distributed to Series A-3 noteholders will include the amount required to reduce the outstanding principal balance of the Series A-3 notes to zero; and

 

  (d)   on the Series A-4 maturity date, the principal required to be distributed to Series A-4 noteholders will include the amount required to reduce the outstanding principal balance of the Series A-4 notes to zero.

 

A-2


Table of Contents

“Class B Distribution Amount” means, for any distribution date, the sum of the Class B Interest Distribution Amount and the Class B Principal Distribution Amount on that distribution date.

 

“Class B Interest Distribution Amount” means, for any distribution date, the sum of:

 

  (a)   the amount of interest accrued at the Class B note rate for the related accrual period on the outstanding principal balance of the Class B notes on the immediately preceding distribution date, after giving effect to all principal distributions to Class B noteholders on that preceding distribution date, and

 

  (b)   the Class B Note Interest Shortfall on that distribution date.

 

“Class B Note Interest Shortfall” means, for any distribution date, the excess of:

 

  (a)   the Class B Interest Distribution Amount payable on the preceding distribution date, over

 

  (b)   the amount of interest actually distributed to the Class B noteholders on that preceding distribution date;

 

plus interest on the amount of that excess, to the extent permitted by law, at the Class B note interest rate from that preceding distribution date to the current distribution date.

 

“Class B Note Principal Shortfall” means, as of the close of any distribution date, the excess of:

 

  (a)   the Class B Principal Distribution Amount on that distribution date, over

 

  (b)   the amount of principal actually distributed to the Class B noteholders on that distribution date.

 

“Class B Principal Distribution Amount” means the principal distribution amount multiplied by the Class B Percentage, plus the Class B Note Principal Shortfall; provided that the Class B Principal Distribution Amount will not exceed the principal balance of the Class B Notes. In addition, on the Class B maturity date, the principal required to be distributed to the Class B noteholders will include the amount required to reduce the outstanding principal balance of the Class B notes to zero.

 

“Class B Percentage” means an amount equal to:

 

  (a)   0% prior to the stepdown date or on any other distribution date if a trigger event is in effect; or

 

  (b)   on all other distribution dates, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal balance of the Class B Notes and the denominator of which is the aggregate principal balance of all outstanding notes, in each case determined on the calculation date for that distribution date.

 

“Parity Percentage” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of:

 

    The amount of the assets in the related trust estate, less accrued interest and fees with respect to all notes issued by that trust, to

 

    The principal amount of all outstanding notes issued by that trust.

 

“Pool Balance” for any date means the aggregate principal balance of the student loans on that date, including accrued interest that is expected to be capitalized and reflecting the amount attributable to principal from the following:

 

    all payments received by the issuer through that date from borrowers, the guarantee agencies and the Department of Education;

 

    all amounts received by the issuer through that date from purchases of the student loans by the seller, the depositor or the master servicer;

 

    all liquidation proceeds and Realized Losses on the student loans liquidated through that date;

 

A-3


Table of Contents
    the amount of any adjustments to balances of the student loans that the master servicer makes under the servicing agreement through that date; and

 

    the amount by which guarantor reimbursements of principal on defaulted student loans through that date are reduced from 100% to 98%, or other applicable percentage, as required by the risk sharing provisions of the Higher Education Act.

 

“Principal Distribution Amount” means:

 

  (a)   as to the initial distribution date, the amount by which the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the notes exceeds the Adjusted Pool Balance, as of the last day of the initial collection period, and

 

  (b)   as to each subsequent distribution date, the amount by which the Adjusted Pool Balance, as of the last day of the preceding collection period, exceeds the Adjusted Pool Balance, as of the last day of that collection period.

 

“Realized Loss” means the excess of the principal balance, including any interest that had been or had been expected to be capitalized, of any liquidated student loan over liquidation proceeds for a student loan to the extent allocated to principal, including any interest that had been or had been expected to be capitalized.

 

“Reserve Account Requirement” for any distribution date means the greater of (a) 0.50% of the outstanding balance of the Pool Balance, and (b) $2,000,000. In no event will the reserve account requirement exceed the outstanding balance of all our notes.

 

“Senior Parity Percentage” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of:

 

    The amount of the assets in the related trust estate, less accrued interest and fees with respect to all Class A notes issued by the trust, to

 

    The principal amount of all outstanding Class A notes issued by the trust.

 

“Stepdown Date” means the earlier of the September 2010 distribution date, provided there is no trigger event in effect, or the first date on which no class A notes remain outstanding.

 

“Trigger Event” means, on any distribution date while any Class A notes are outstanding and after giving effect to distributions to be made on that distribution date, if the senior parity percentage would not equal at least 103.0% and the parity percentage would not equal at least 100.5%.

 

A-4


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS

 

 

EDUCATION LOAN BACKED NOTES

 

EDUCATION FUNDING CAPITAL I, LLC

Depositor

 

EDUCATION LENDING SERVICES, INC.

Master Servicer

 

LOGO

Seller

 

Education Lending Group, Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of CIT Group Inc.

 

 

LOGO

 

We intend to periodically form trusts to issue education loan backed notes in one or more series. We will create a separate trust each time we sell notes. The specific terms of each series of notes issued by each trust will be described in a supplement to this prospectus. Each issue of notes will have its own series designation and consist of one or more classes of notes. Each class of notes will have the right to receive payments of principal and interest at the rates, on the dates and in the manner described in the applicable supplement to this prospectus.

 

Each trust will use the proceeds from the sale of its notes to acquire student loans and to fund certain accounts for the benefit of the holders of its notes and to pay certain costs of issuance of its notes. Each trust will pledge those student loans and accounts to secure repayment of its notes. The notes issued by each trust will be obligations of only the particular trust issuing the notes. The notes will not be obligations of Education Funding Capital I, LLC, Education Lending Services, Inc., Education Lending Group, Inc. or CIT Group Inc. or any of their affiliates, except for the issuer. The notes will not be guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any governmental agency.

 

You should carefully read this prospectus and any prospectus supplement before you invest. This prospectus may be used to offer and sell a series of notes only if it is accompanied by the prospectus supplement for that series of notes.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved

or disapproved of the notes or determined that this prospectus is accurate or complete.

Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 


 

You should carefully consider the risk factors beginning on page 5 of this prospectus

and the risk factors described in the related prospectus supplement.

 

Offers of the notes may be made by different methods, including offerings through underwriters, as more fully described in this prospectus under “PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION” and in the related prospectus supplement.

 

The date of this prospectus is May 23, 2005.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS TO PROSPECTUS

 

Summary

   1

Risk Factors

   5

Forward-Looking Statements

   16

Description of the Notes

   17

Security and Sources of Payment for the Notes

   24

Education Lending Group, Inc.’s Student Loan Program

   26

Servicing of the Student Loans

   31

Description of the Federal Family Education Loan Program

   37

Description of the Guarantee Agencies

   48

Description of the Indenture

   54

Federal Income Tax Consequences

   65

State Tax Considerations

   73

ERISA Considerations

   74

Plan of Distribution

   75

Legal Matters

   76

Ratings

   76

Incorporation of Documents by Reference; Where to Find More Information

   76


Table of Contents

IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT THE INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THIS PROSPECTUS

AND EACH RELATED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

 

This prospectus is part of a registration statement that we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We may sell the notes in one or more offerings pursuant to the registration statement up to a total dollar amount of $2,000,000,000.

 

We provide information to you about each series of notes issued by each trust in two separate documents that progressively provide more detail: (a) this prospectus, which provides general information, some of which may not apply to a particular series of notes, and (b) a prospectus supplement, which describes the specific terms of each series of notes being offered thereby, including:

 

    a description of the aggregate principal amount, authorized denominations and interest rate or rates, or the manner of determining the interest rate or rates, of each series of notes being offered;

 

    information concerning the student loans and other assets of the applicable trust that will secure payment of each series of notes being offered;

 

    information regarding the guarantee agencies providing guarantees for the student loans that will secure payment of each series of notes being offered;

 

    information regarding any credit enhancement for each series of notes being offered;

 

    the credit ratings of each series of notes being offered; and

 

    the method of selling each series of notes being offered.

 

TO UNDERSTAND THE STRUCTURE OF ANY SERIES OF NOTES, YOU MUST CAREFULLY READ THIS PROSPECTUS AND THE RELATED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT IN THEIR ENTIRETY. WHENEVER INFORMATION IN A PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT IS MORE SPECIFIC THAN THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS, YOU SHOULD RELY ON THE INFORMATION IN THE PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

 

You should rely only on the information contained in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus and any prospectus supplement. We have not authorized anyone else to provide you with different information. We are not offering the notes in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer is prohibited. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement is accurate as of any date other than the date appearing on the front cover of those documents.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, references in this prospectus to:

 

    “we”, “us” and “the depositor” refer to Education Funding Capital I, LLC;

 

    “the trusts”, “each trust”, “a trust” and similar terms refer to the trusts, or to a particular trust, as applicable, formed by the depositor to issue notes;

 

    “student loans” refers to education loans made to students and parents of students;

 

    “FFELP loans” refers to student loans made under the Federal Family Education Loan Program;

 

    “private loans” refers to student loans that are not made under any federal student loan program;

 

    “notes”, “Class A notes” or “Class B notes” refers to all notes, or all notes of that particular class, as applicable, issued by the trusts;

 

    “seller” refers to Education Lending Group, Inc., the seller of the student loans that will be acquired by the trusts; and

 

    “master servicer” refers to Education Lending Services, Inc., the master servicer of the student loans that will be acquired by the trusts.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

The following summary highlights selected information about the notes and may not contain all of the information that you may find important in making your investment decision. Before deciding to purchase any series of notes, you should read the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the prospectus supplement related to that series of notes.

 

Overview

 

We intend to periodically form trusts to issue education loan backed notes in one or more series. We will create a separate trust each time we sell notes. Each trust will use the proceeds from the sale of its notes to acquire student loans and to fund certain accounts for the benefit of the holders of its notes and to pay certain costs of issuance of its notes. Each trust will pledge those student loans and accounts to secure repayment of its notes. The trusts may issue particular series of notes in different classes. The priority of payments of principal and interest among the various classes and series of those notes will be described in the related prospectus supplement.

 

Principal Parties

 

•      Issuer

  A Delaware statutory trust to be formed for each issuance of notes.

•      Depositor

  Education Funding Capital I, LLC will act as the depositor for each trust.

•      Eligible Lender Trustee

  The eligible lender trustee for each trust will be identified in the related prospectus supplement. The eligible lender trustee for each trust will acquire legal title to all student loans acquired by that trust.

•      Seller

  Education Lending Group, Inc. will be the seller of the student loans acquired by each trust.

•      Master Servicer and Administrator

  Education Lending Services, Inc. will act as the master servicer of the student loans acquired by each trust and will also act as the administrator of each trust.

•      Indenture Trustee

  The indenture trustee under each indenture pursuant to which a series of notes is issued will be identified in the related prospectus supplement.

 

The address of the principal executive office of the depositor is: Six East Fourth Street, Suite 310-A, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202. The telephone number is (866) 300-8112.

 

Assets of the Trust

 

The assets of each trust will include a pool of student loans. The assets of each trust also will include the right to receive payments on those student loans and any proceeds related to them. The assets of each trust also will include amounts on deposit in specific trust accounts created under the related indenture, including a collection account and any acquisition account, any capitalized interest account, any distribution account, any reserve account, and any other account identified in the related prospectus supplement, and the right to receive payments under any derivative product entered into by that trust.

 

1


Table of Contents

Acquisition of Student Loans

 

The seller will enter into a transfer and sale agreement with the depositor pursuant to which the seller will sell to the depositor all of the seller’s right, title and interest in certain pools of student loans. The depositor will enter into a transfer and sale agreement with each trust pursuant to which the depositor will sell to that trust all of the depositor’s right, title and interest in a specific pool of student loans acquired from the seller.

 

Each FFELP loan acquired by a trust will be 98% guaranteed—or 100% for FFELP loans disbursed before October 1, 1993—as to payment of principal and interest by a state guarantee agency or a private non-profit guarantor. These guarantees will be contingent upon compliance with specific origination and servicing procedures as prescribed by various federal and guarantor regulations. Each guarantor will be reinsured by the Department of Education for between 75% and 100% of claims paid by that guarantor for a given federal fiscal year. The reinsured amount depends on a guarantor’s claims experience and the year in which the loans subject to the claims were disbursed. The percentage claims paid by a guarantor that are reinsured could change in the future by legislation. See “DESCRIPTION OF THE GUARANTEE AGENCIES” in this prospectus.

 

The trusts also may acquire private loans that are not guaranteed by any guarantee agencies. These private loans may be privately guaranteed or they may not be guaranteed or insured by any third party.

 

The characteristics of each pool of student loans expected to be acquired by a trust with the proceeds of each series of its notes will be described in the related prospectus supplement.

 

Accounts

 

Under each indenture, the related indenture trustee will establish a collection account into which all payments on the student loans held in the related trust estate will be deposited. The related prospectus supplement will describe any other accounts established by the indenture trustee under that indenture, including any acquisition account, any capitalized interest account, any distribution account and any reserve account. The indenture trustee will invest funds in those accounts and any other accounts established under the indenture in eligible investments as provided in the indenture.

 

Parity Percentages

 

Each indenture will contain certain limitations on the payment of fees of the master servicer and the administrator, the release of funds to the depositor and the sale of student loans in the related trust estate based upon whether, in each case, the parity percentage, senior parity percentage or both percentages, as of the date of calculation, meet the levels required by the indenture. The parity percentages specified in any indenture may be reduced if the related trust receives confirmation from each rating agency then rating any of its outstanding notes that such reduction will not result in its rating(s) of those notes being reduced or withdrawn.

 

With respect to any trust, the parity percentage is the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of:

 

    The value of the assets in the related trust estate, less accrued interest and fees with respect to all notes issued by that trust, to

 

    The principal amount of all outstanding notes issued by that trust.

 

With respect to any trust, the senior parity percentage is the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of:

 

    The value of the assets in the related trust estate, less accrued interest and fees with respect to all Class A notes issued by that trust, to

 

    The principal amount of all outstanding Class A notes issued by that trust.

 

2


Table of Contents

Interest Rate

 

The interest that will be paid on any series of notes will be described in the related prospectus supplement. The interest rate may be fixed for the full term of the notes, or the interest rate may be subject to periodic adjustment as described below.

 

    Auction Rate Notes.    The trusts may issue series of notes that bear interest at rates determined by auction. The initial interest rates for these auction rate notes will be set forth in the related prospectus supplement. The interest rates for these auction rate notes will be reset at the end of each interest period pursuant to the auction procedures described in the related prospectus supplement. The auction procedures are summarized, and an example of an auction is included, in this prospectus under “DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES—Auction Rate Notes”.

 

    Index Rate Notes.    The trusts may issue series of notes that bear interest at rates determined by reference to an interest rate index specified in the related prospectus supplement. The initial interest rates for these index rate notes, or the method for determining the initial interest rates, will be set forth in the related prospectus supplement. Thereafter, the interest rates for these index rate notes will be determined periodically by reference to the interest rate index specified in the related prospectus supplement, which index may be based on LIBOR, a commercial paper rate, a federal funds rate, a U.S. Treasury securities rate, a negotiable certificate of deposit rate or some other rate. See “DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES—Index Rate Notes” in this prospectus.

 

Principal Redemptions

 

Each series of notes issued by a trust will be subject to redemption as described in the related prospectus supplement.

 

Credit Enhancement

 

Credit enhancement for any series of notes issued by a trust may include the following:

 

    subordination of one or more classes of the notes;

 

    a reserve account or a cash collateral account;

 

    overcollateralization;

 

    letters of credit or liquidity or credit facilities;

 

    surety bonds; or

 

    guaranteed investment contracts.

 

If any credit enhancement applies to a series of notes, the related prospectus supplement will describe the specific enhancement as well as the conditions for its application. A credit enhancement may have limitations and exclusions from coverage. If applicable, the related prospectus supplement will describe these limitations and exclusions. See “SECURITY AND SOURCES OF PAYMENT FOR THE NOTES—Credit Enhancement” in this prospectus.

 

Derivative Products and Derivative Payments

 

The trusts may enter into swap agreements and other derivative products. A trust’s obligation to make payments in connection with a derivative product may be secured by a pledge of and lien on the related trust estate. Each indenture will provide that the related trust will not enter into a derivative product secured by a

 

3


Table of Contents

pledge and lien on the related trust estate unless the related indenture trustee has received a confirmation from each rating agency then rating any of the notes outstanding under that indenture that the derivative product will not result in its rating(s) of those notes being reduced or withdrawn.

 

Optional Purchase

 

Each master servicing agreement will provide that the master servicer or another entity specified in a related prospectus supplement may, at its option, purchase, or arrange for the purchase of, all remaining student loans owned by the related trust on any distribution date when the pool balance of those student loans is equal to 10% or less of the initial pool balance of those student loans. The exercise of this purchase option will result in early termination of the notes issued by that trust.

 

Auction of Trust Assets

 

Each indenture will provide that the related indenture trustee will offer for sale all remaining student loans owned by the related trust at the end of the collection period when the pool balance of those student loans reduces to 10% or less of the initial pool balance. An auction will occur only if the entity with the optional purchase right has first waived its optional purchase right. The auction of the remaining student loans owned by a trust will result in early retirement of its notes.

 

ERISA Considerations

 

Unless indicated otherwise in the related prospectus supplement, and subject to any considerations discussed therein and in this prospectus, the notes issued by each trust will be eligible for purchase by employee benefit plans. See “ERISA CONSIDERATIONS” in this prospectus.

 

Federal Income Tax Consequences

 

On the closing date for each series of notes, a law firm identified in the related prospectus supplement will deliver an opinion that those notes will be characterized as debt obligations for federal income tax purposes. Interest paid or accrued on your notes will be taxable to you. See “FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES” in this prospectus.

 

Registration, Clearing and Settlement

 

You will hold your interest in the notes through The Depository Trust Company in the United States. You will not receive a definitive certificate representing your interest in the notes, except in limited circumstances.

 

Ratings

 

The related prospectus supplement will specify the initial ratings for each series of notes being offered.

 

4


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

You should consider the following risk factors in deciding whether to purchase the notes.

 

You may have difficulty selling your notes    We do not intend to list the notes on any securities exchange. As a result, we cannot assure you that a secondary market for the notes will develop. If a secondary market for the notes does develop, the spread between the bid price and the asked price for your notes may widen, thereby reducing the net proceeds to you from the sale of your notes.
The notes issued by each trust will be payable solely from the related trust estate and you will have no other recourse against that trust or against the assets of any other trust   

Each trust will pay interest on and principal of its notes solely from the funds and assets held in the related trust estate created under the related indenture. No insurance or guarantee of those notes will be provided by any government agency or instrumentality, by Education Lending Group, Inc., CIT Group Inc. or any of their affiliates, by any insurance company or by any other person or entity. Therefore, with respect to the notes issued by any trust, your receipt of payments on your notes will depend solely on:

 

•      the amount and timing of payments and collections on the student loans held in the related trust estate (including payments by the guarantee agencies, if applicable) and interest paid or earnings on the funds held in the accounts established pursuant to the related indenture; and

 

•      amounts on deposit in any reserve account and other accounts held in the related trust estate.

 

If those sources of funds are insufficient to repay your notes, you will have no additional recourse against the related trust, against the assets of any of the other trusts, or against Education Lending Group, Inc., CIT Group Inc. or any of their affiliates.

The assets of a trust may not be sufficient to pay its notes    After application of the proceeds from the sale by a trust of a series of its notes, the aggregate principal balance of the student loans, and accrued interest thereon, held in the related trust estate and the other assets pledged as collateral for its notes may be less than the aggregate principal balance of its outstanding notes. If an event of default were to occur under the related indenture and a trust were required to redeem all its notes at a time when the aggregate principal balance of its outstanding notes exceeds the aggregate principal balance of the student loans, and accrued interest thereon, held in the related trust estate and the other assets pledged as collateral for its notes, the liabilities of the trust may exceed its assets. If this were to occur, the trust would be unable to repay in full all of its noteholders and this would affect its Class B noteholders before affecting its Class A noteholders.

 

5


Table of Contents
The student loans acquired by each trust will be unsecured and the ability of any guarantee agency or private guarantor to honor its guarantee may become impaired   

All of the student loans acquired by each trust and held in the related trust estate will be unsecured. As a result, the only security for payment of a student loan will be the guarantee, if any, provided by a guarantee agency or private guarantor.

 

A deterioration in the financial status of a guarantee agency or private guarantor and its ability to honor guarantee claims on defaulted student loans could result in a failure of that guarantee agency or private guarantor to make its guarantee payments in a timely manner. The financial status of a guaranty agency or private guarantor could be adversely affected by a number of factors including, but not limited to, the amount of claims made against it as a result of borrower defaults.

A failure of the Department of Education to make reinsurance payments may adversely affect the ability of a trust to timely repay its notes    The financial condition of a guarantee agency may be adversely affected if it submits a large number of reimbursement claims relating to FFELP loans to the Department of Education, which results in a reduction of the amount of reimbursement that the Department of Education is obligated to pay to the guarantee agency. The Department of Education may also require a guarantee agency to return its reserve funds to the Department of Education upon a finding that the reserves are unnecessary for the guarantee agency to pay its program expenses or to serve the best interests of the federal student loan program. The inability of any guarantee agency to meet its guarantee obligations could reduce the amount of principal and interest paid by a trust to you as an owner of its notes or delay those payments past their due date. If the Department of Education has determined that a guarantee agency is unable to meet its guarantee obligations relating to FFELP loans, the loan holder may submit claims directly to the Department of Education and the Department of Education is required to pay the full guarantee claim amount due with respect thereto. See “DESCRIPTION OF THE GUARANTEE AGENCIES” in this prospectus. However, the Department of Education’s obligation to pay guarantee claims directly in this fashion is contingent upon the Department of Education making the determination that a guarantee agency is unable to meet its guarantee obligations. The Department of Education may not ever make this determination with respect to a guarantee agency and, even if the Department of Education does make this determination, payment of the guarantee claims may not be made in a timely manner.
Payment offsets by guarantee agencies or the Department of Education could prevent a trust from paying you the full amount of the principal and interest due on your notes    The eligible lender trustee of a trust may use the same Department of Education lender identification number for FFELP loans it holds on behalf of other trusts established by the depositor. If so, the billings submitted to the Department of Education and the claims submitted to the guaranty agencies will be consolidated with the billings and claims for payments for the FFELP loans under other trusts using the same lender identification number. Payment of those billings by the Department of Education as well as claim payments by the applicable guaranty agencies will be made to the eligible lender trustee, or to the master servicer on behalf of the eligible lender trustee, in lump sum form. Those payments must be allocated by the eligible lender trustee among the various trusts that reference the same lender identification number.

 

6


Table of Contents
    

If the Department of Education or a guaranty agency determines that an eligible lender trustee owes it a liability on any FFELP loan, including loans held in the trust estate securing your notes or loans held in other trust estates, the Department of Education or the applicable guaranty agency may seek to collect that liability by offsetting it against payments due to the eligible lender trustee under the terms of the applicable guaranty agreement. Any offsetting or shortfall of payments due to the eligible lender trustee could adversely affect the amount of available funds for any collection period and thus a trust’s ability to pay you principal and interest on your notes.

 

In connection with the issuance by a trust of a series of notes, the depositor and the related eligible lender trustee will enter into a joint sharing agreement among all trusts associated with the depositor that will contain provisions for the proper allocation of those payments and offsets. Even with such allocation provisions, however, the amount of funds available to a trust would not necessarily be adequate to compensate the trust and investors in its notes for any previous reduction in the available funds.

You may incur losses or delays in payment on your notes if borrowers default on their student loans   

The trust estate securing your notes may contain FFELP loans. In general, a guarantee agency reinsured by the Department of Education will guarantee 98% of each FFELP loan held in a trust estate. As a result, if the borrower under one of those FFELP loans defaults, the related trust will experience a loss of approximately 2% of the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the defaulted loan. The trust will not have any right to pursue the borrower for the remaining 2% unguaranteed portion.

 

If the trust that issued your notes suffers a loss as a result of a borrower default and amounts in any related reserve account are not sufficient to cover that loss, you may suffer a delay in payment or a loss on your investment.

Borrowers under student loans are subject to a variety of factors that may adversely affect their repayment ability and the ability of a trust to pay its noteholders    For a variety of economic, social and other reasons, a trust may not receive all the payments that are actually due on the student loans held in the related trust estate. A deterioration in economic conditions could be expected to adversely affect the ability or willingness of borrowers to repay student loans. Furthermore, student loans are not secured by any assets of the borrowers. Failures by borrowers to make timely payments of the principal and interest due on the student loans held in a trust estate will affect the revenues of the trust estate, which may reduce the amounts available to the related trust to pay principal and interest due on its notes.
Interest rate limitations imposed on student loans made to certain persons on active duty in military service could reduce the amount of funds available to a trust to pay principal and interest on its notes   

The Servicemembers Civil Relief Act may provide relief to borrowers who enter active military service and to borrowers in reserve status who are called to active duty after the origination of their student loans. The response of the United States to terrorist attacks domestically and abroad and issues in the Middle East may increase the number of citizens who are in active military service, including persons in reserve status who have been called or will be called to active duty.

 

 

7


Table of Contents
    

The Servicemembers Civil Relief Act also limits the ability of a lender in the Federal Family Education Loan Program to take legal action against a borrower during the borrower’s period of active duty and, in some cases, during an additional three month period thereafter. As a result, there may be delays in payment and increased losses on the student loans held in a trust estate.

 

The number and aggregate principal balance of student loans held in a trust estate that may be affected by the application of the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act and the Department of Education’s recent guidelines will not be known at the time the related trust issues its notes.

 

Accordingly, payments received by that trust on student loans made to a borrower who qualifies for such relief may be subject to certain limitations during the borrower’s period of active military duty. If a substantial number of borrowers under the student loans held in a trust estate become eligible for the relief provided under the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, there could be an adverse effect on the total collections on those student loans and the ability of the related trust to pay interest on its notes if there are insufficient funds in any related reserve account.

Failure to comply with loan origination and servicing procedures for FFELP loans may result in loss of guarantee and other benefits   

The Higher Education Act and its implementing regulations require holders of FFELP loans and guarantee agencies guaranteeing FFELP loans to follow specified procedures in making and collecting on those FFELP loans.

 

If a trust fails to follow those procedures, or if any originator, the master servicer or any subservicer of FFELP loans fails to follow those procedures, the Department of Education and the guarantee agencies may refuse to pay claims on defaulted loans submitted by the master servicer on behalf of the related trust estate. If the Department of Education or a guarantee agency refused to pay a claim, it would reduce the revenues of that trust estate and impair the ability of the related trust to pay principal and interest on your notes. See “DESCRIPTION OF THE FEDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOAN PROGRAM” in this prospectus.

If the master servicer or any subservicer fails to comply with the Department of Education’s third-party servicer regulations regarding FFELP loans, payments on your notes could be adversely affected    The Department of Education regulates each servicer of FFELP loans. Under those regulations, a third-party servicer, including the master servicer or any subservicer, is jointly and severally liable with its client lenders for liabilities to the Department of Education arising from its violation of applicable requirements. In addition, if the master servicer or any subservicer fails to meet standards of financial responsibility or administrative capability included in the regulations, or violates other requirements, the Department of Education may fine the master servicer or any subservicer and/or limit, suspend, or terminate the master servicer’s or subservicer’s eligibility to contract to service FFELP loans. If the master servicer or any subservicer were so fined or held liable, or its eligibility were limited, suspended, or terminated, its ability to properly service the FFELP loans held in a trust estate and to satisfy its obligation to purchase any FFELP loans with respect to which it has breached its representations, warranties or covenants could be adversely affected. In addition, if the Department of Education terminates the master servicer’s or any subservicer’s eligibility to service FFELP loans, a servicing transfer will take place and there may be delays in collections and temporary disruptions in servicing on those FFELP loans. Any servicing transfer may temporarily adversely affect payments to you.

 

8


Table of Contents
If certain agreements of the seller and its affiliates were to be viewed as violating the Higher Education Act’s restrictions on inducements, payment on your notes could be adversely affected    The Higher Education Act generally prohibits a lender from providing inducements to educational institutions or individuals in order to secure applications for FFELP loans. The seller or its affiliates have entered into various agreements to acquire marketing lists of prospective FFELP loan borrowers from sources such as college alumni associations. The seller or its affiliates pay to acquire these lists and also pay for the completed applications for loans resulting from these lists. The seller believes that these types of arrangements are permissible and do not violate the restrictions on inducements since they fit within a regulatory exception recognized by the Department of Education for generalized marketing and advertising activities. However, if the Department of Education were to change its position, the seller’s reputation could be adversely affected and the Department of Education could impose sanctions on the seller.
A decline in the financial health of any derivative product counterparty or any provider of a derivative product counterparty guaranty could reduce the amount of funds available to a trust to pay principal and interest on your notes and derivative products may not effectively mitigate risks associated with interest rate fluctuations   

If any derivative product relating to the notes issued by a trust is executed, any time that the derivative payment being paid by a counterparty is greater than the derivative payment being paid by the trust, the related indenture trustee’s ability to make principal and interest payments on those notes will be affected by the counterparty’s ability or the ability of any provider of a counterparty guaranty to meet its net payment obligation to the indenture trustee. In addition, under some circumstances, the failure by a trust to make a derivative payment may constitute an event of default under the related indenture.

 

Developing an effective strategy for dealing with movements in interest rates is complex, and no strategy can completely insulate the trust estate from risks associated with interest rate fluctuations. Furthermore, the hedging activities could result in substantial losses if interest rates move materially differently from expectations. As a result, there can be no assurance that any hedging activities will effectively mitigate interest rate exposure.

The inability of the seller to meet its repurchase obligations may result in losses on your investment    Under some circumstances, an indenture trustee will have the right to require the seller to repurchase, or substitute a student loan for, a student loan held in the related trust estate. This right arises generally from a breach of the representations and warranties of the seller or if a claim for a student loan is denied because of events occurring before the sale of the student loan to the depositor. We cannot guarantee to you that the seller will have the financial resources to repurchase a student loan, or will have available student loans to substitute a student loan, if a breach occurs. In this case, you, rather than the seller may bear any resulting loss.
The ability of a trust to make timely payments on its notes may change    The cash flow of a trust, and its ability to make payments due on its notes, will be reduced to the extent interest is not currently payable on the student loans held in the related trust estate. The borrowers under most FFELP loans and under some private loans are not required to make payments during the period in which they are in school and for certain authorized periods thereafter. The Department of Education will make all interest payments while payments are deferred under the Higher Education Act on certain of the FFELP loans. For most other student loans during periods that the borrowers are not required to make payments, interest generally will be capitalized and added to the principal balance of the loans. Each trust estate

 

9


Table of Contents
     may include student loans for which payments are deferred as well as student loans for which the borrower is currently required to make payments of principal and interest. The proportions of the student loans held in a trust estate for which payments are deferred and currently in repayment will vary during the period that the notes of the related trust are outstanding. In addition, to the extent a trust may rely on the receipt of special allowance payments from the Department of Education for FFELP loans held in the related trust estate to make payments on its notes, the receipt of such special allowance payments, which are made quarterly, may reduce the ability of the trust to make timely payments of interest on its notes.
The use of master promissory notes may compromise an indenture trustee’s security interest in Federal Stafford Loans and Federal PLUS Loans held in the related trust estate   

On July 1, 1999, the master promissory note began to be used as evidence of Federal Stafford Loans (subsidized and unsubsidized) made to borrowers under the Federal Family Education Loan Program. The master promissory note may be used for Federal PLUS Loans for loan periods beginning on or after July 1, 2003, and must be used for all Federal PLUS Loans for loan periods beginning on or after July 1, 2004, or for any Federal PLUS Loan certified on or after July 1, 2004, regardless of the loan period. If a master promissory note is used, a borrower executes only one promissory note with each lender. Subsequent loans from that lender are evidenced by a confirmation sent to the student. Therefore, if a lender originates multiple loans to the same student, all the loans are evidenced by a single promissory note.

 

Under the Higher Education Act, each loan made under a master promissory note may be sold independently of any other loan made under that same master promissory note. Each loan is separately enforceable on the basis of an original or copy of the master promissory note. Also, a security interest in those loans may be perfected either through the secured party taking possession of the original or a copy of the master promissory note, or the filing of a financing statement. Prior to the use of master promissory notes, each loan was evidenced by a separate note. Assignment of the original note was required to effect a transfer of the loan and possession of a copy of the original note did not perfect a security interest in the loan.

 

Federal Consolidation Loans are not originated with master promissory notes. Each of those loans are made under standard loan applications and promissory notes required by the Department of Education.

     The trust estate securing your notes may include Federal Stafford Loans and Federal PLUS Loans originated under a master promissory note. If the originator of those loans were to deliver a copy of the master promissory note, in exchange for value, to a third party that did not have knowledge of the related indenture trustee’s lien on those loans, that third party may also claim an interest in those loans. It is possible that the third party’s interest could be prior to or on a parity with the interest of the indenture trustee.

 

10


Table of Contents
Prepayments and defaults by borrowers may create reinvestment risk   

Student loans may be prepaid by borrowers at any time without penalty. The rate of prepayments cannot be predicted and may be influenced by economic and other factors, such as interest rates, the availability of other financing and the general job market. In addition, student loan borrowers are able to consolidate multiple student loans into one loan that is used to pay off the earlier loans. To the extent that borrowers elect to borrow money through such consolidation loans with respect to student loans that are held in a trust estate, the related trust will receive as a prepayment of principal the aggregate principal amount of such loans.

 

If student loan prepayments or defaults result in your notes being prepaid before the expected maturity date, you may not be able to reinvest your funds at the same yield as the yield on your notes. We cannot predict the default rate of borrowers or the prepayment rate of the notes of a trust, and reinvestment risks resulting from a faster or slower prepayment speed will be borne entirely by you and the other holders of notes of that trust.

Your notes may be repaid early due to any auction sale or exercise of the purchase option, and if this happens, your yield may be affected and you will bear reinvestment risk   

The notes issued by a trust may be repaid before you expect them to be if:

 

•      the related indenture trustee successfully conducts an auction sale of the student loans remaining in the related trust estate or

 

•      the master servicer or any other entity specified in the related prospectus supplement exercises its option to purchase all of the student loans remaining in the related trust estate.

 

Either event would result in the early retirement of the outstanding notes issued by that trust. If this happens, your yield on your notes may be affected. You will bear the risk that you cannot reinvest the money you receive in comparable securities at as high a yield.

Implementation of incentive programs and changes in repayment terms may result in yield uncertainties for you    The originators of the student loans held in each trust estate may implement incentive programs pursuant to which the originator may offer incentives or change the repayment terms with respect to any or all of a borrower’s student loans. We cannot predict which borrowers would qualify or decide to participate in such programs. The effect of such incentive programs might be to reduce the yield on the student loans held in the trust estate securing your notes.
Uncertainty of the maturity of your investment may create reinvestment risk    Scheduled payments on the student loans held in the trust estate securing your notes and the maturities of those student loans may be extended without your consent, which may lengthen the weighted average life of your investment. Prepayments of principal of those student loans and other factors may shorten the life of your investment, which may result in reinvestment risk to you.

 

11


Table of Contents
Congressional actions may affect the student loans held in the trust estate securing your notes   

Funds for payment of interest subsidies and other payments under the Federal Family Education Loan Program are subject to annual budgetary appropriation by Congress. In recent years, federal budget legislation has contained provisions that restricted payments made under the Federal Family Education Loan Program to achieve reductions in federal spending.

 

Future federal budget legislation may adversely affect expenditures by the Department of Education, and the financial condition of the guarantee agencies.

 

Congressional amendments to the Higher Education Act or other relevant federal laws, and rules and regulations promulgated by the Secretary of Education, may adversely affect holders of FFELP loans. For example, changes might be made to the rate of interest paid on FFELP loans, to the level of insurance provided by guarantee agencies or to the level of reinsurance by the Department of Education or the servicing requirements for FFELP loans. See “DESCRIPTION OF THE FEDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOAN PROGRAM” and “DESCRIPTION OF THE GUARANTEE AGENCIES” in this prospectus.

Competition created by the Federal Direct Student Loan Program may affect the Federal Family Education Loan Program    In 1992, Congress created the Federal Direct Student Loan Program. Under this program, the Department of Education makes loans directly to student borrowers through the educational institutions that they attend. If the Federal Direct Student Loan Program expands, the master servicer and any subservicer may experience increased costs due to reduced economies of scale to the extent the volume of loans serviced by the master servicer or any subservicer is reduced. Those cost increases could affect the ability of the master servicer and any subservicer to satisfy its obligations to service the student loans held in the trust estate securing your notes. Student loan volume reductions could further reduce revenues received by the guarantee agencies available to pay claims on defaulted FFELP loans. The level of competition currently in existence in the secondary market FFELP loans could be reduced, resulting in fewer potential buyers of FFELP loans and lower prices available in the secondary market for those loans. The Department of Education has implemented a direct consolidation loan program, which may increase the rate of repayment of the student loans held in the trust estate securing your notes. See “DESCRIPTION OF THE FEDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOAN PROGRAM” in this prospectus.
Different rates of change in interest rate indexes may affect the cash flow of each trust    The interest rates on your notes may fluctuate from one interest period to another as described in this prospectus. Although some older Federal Consolidation Loans have a variable rate, Federal Consolidation Loans made on or after October 1, 1998 bear a fixed rate, which is determined at the time the loan is made. See “DESCRIPTION OF THE FEDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOAN PROGRAM” in this prospectus. If there is a decline in the rates payable on the student loans held in the trust estate securing your notes, the amount of interest received by the related trust may be reduced. If the interest rates payable on your notes do not decline in a similar manner and time, the trust may not have sufficient funds to pay interest on your notes when it becomes due. Even if there is a similar reduction in the interest rates applicable to your notes, there may not necessarily be a reduction in the

 

12


Table of Contents
     other amounts required to be paid out of the related trust estate, such as administrative expenses, causing interest payments on your notes to be deferred to future periods. Sufficient funds may not be available in future periods to make up for any shortfalls in the current payments of interest on your notes or expenses of the related trust estate.
If an indenture trustee has difficulty liquidating the student loans held in the trust estate securing your notes, you may suffer a loss    Generally, during an event of default, an indenture trustee will be authorized to sell the student loans held in the related trust estate. However, the indenture trustee may not find a purchaser for the student loans. Also, the market value of the student loans might not equal the principal amount of the notes issued by the related trust plus accrued interest. In either event, you may suffer a loss on your notes.
If a sale of student loans from the seller to the depositor or from the depositor to a trust is not a true sale, delays or reductions in payments to you could result   

The depositor will take steps in structuring its purchase of student loans from the seller and its sale of student loans to each trust to increase the likelihood that the transfer of student loans from the seller to the depositor and the transfer of student loans from the depositor to each trust will each be deemed a “true sale.”

 

If any transfer of student loans from the seller to the depositor or from the depositor to a trust is deemed to be a secured financing, other persons may have an interest in those student loans superior to the interest of that trust, the related indenture trustee or the depositor, as applicable. In addition, if the seller or the depositor became a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code and a creditor or trustee in bankruptcy or the debtor itself took the position that any of its transfers of student loans to the depositor or to a trust was a secured financing instead of a “true sale,” then delays in payments on your notes could occur or (should the court rule in favor of the creditor, trustee in bankruptcy or the debtor) reductions in the amount of payments to you could result.

 

In addition, each of the seller, the depositor and each trust will treat each transfer of student loans from the seller to the depositor and from the depositor to that trust as a “true sale” and will take all actions that are required so that the trust, or the related eligible lender trustee on behalf of the trust, will be treated as the legal owner of those student loans. If, despite those efforts, the seller or the depositor were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case and a creditor or trustee in bankruptcy of the debtor or the debtor itself were to take the position that a transfer should instead be treated as a secured financing, then delays in payments on your notes could occur. If the court ruled in favor of any trustee in bankruptcy, debtor or creditor, reductions in the amount of payments on your notes could occur.

Bankruptcy of the depositor, the master servicer or the seller could result in accelerated prepayment on your notes, reductions in payment or delays in payment    If the depositor becomes bankrupt, and the assets and liabilities of a trust are included in the depositor’s bankruptcy estate, the United States Bankruptcy Code could materially limit or prevent the enforcement of that trust’s obligations, including, without limitation, its obligations under your notes. The depositor’s trustee in bankruptcy (or the depositor itself as debtor-in-possession) may seek to accelerate payment on your notes and liquidate the assets in the related trust estate. If principal of your notes is declared due and payable, you may lose the right to future payments and face the reinvestment risks mentioned above.

 

13


Table of Contents
     The depositor is organized to prevent any voluntary or involuntary application for relief by the master servicer or the seller under the United States Bankruptcy Code or other insolvency laws, as the case may be, from resulting in the consolidation of the assets and liabilities of the depositor with those of the master servicer or the seller.
     If a court were to conclude that the assets and liabilities of the depositor should be consolidated with those of the master servicer or the seller in a bankruptcy or other proceeding under any insolvency law, then even a “true sale” to the depositor would not be effective to remove the student loans and other assets securing your notes from the bankruptcy estate of the master servicer or the seller and you could experience delays in payments on your notes or reductions in the amount of payments.
Application of consumer protection laws to student loans may increase costs and uncertainties    Consumer protection laws impose requirements upon lenders and servicers. Some state laws impose finance charge restrictions on certain transactions and require certain disclosures of legal rights and obligations. Furthermore, to the extent applicable, those laws can impose specific statutory liabilities upon creditors who fail to comply with their provisions and may affect the enforceability of their loans. As they relate to FFELP loans, those state laws are generally preempted by the Higher Education Act. However, private loans may be subject to applicable state laws regulating loans to consumers.
Less than all of the noteholders of a trust can approve amendments to the related indenture or waive defaults under the indenture    Under each indenture, holders of specified percentages of the aggregate principal amount of the notes issued thereunder may amend or supplement provisions of the indenture and the notes and waive events of default and compliance provisions without the consent of the other noteholders. You will have no recourse if the noteholders vote and you disagree with the vote on those matters. The noteholders may vote in a manner that impairs the ability of the related trust to pay principal and interest on your notes.
Book-entry registration may limit your ability to participate directly as a noteholder    The notes of each trust will be represented by one or more certificates registered in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee for The Depository Trust Company, and will not be registered in the names of the noteholders. As a noteholder, you will be able to exercise your rights only indirectly through The Depository Trust Company and its participating organizations.
The notes are not suitable investments for all investors    The notes are not a suitable investment if you require a regular or predictable schedule of payments or payment on any specific date. The notes are complex investments that should be considered only by investors who, either alone or with their financial, tax and legal advisors, have the expertise to analyze the prepayment, reinvestment, default and market risk, the tax consequences of an investment, and the interaction of those factors.
Rating agencies can permit certain actions to be taken without noteholder approval    Each indenture will provide that the related trust and indenture trustee may undertake various actions based upon receipt by the indenture trustee of confirmation from each rating agency then rating any of the outstanding notes of that trust that such action will not result in its rating(s) of those notes being reduced or withdrawn. Such actions include, but are not limited to, amendments to the related indenture and the execution of swap agreements or other derivative products. To the extent such actions are taken after issuance of your notes, you will be relying on the evaluation by the rating agencies of such actions and their impact on credit quality.

 

14


Table of Contents
Withdrawal or downgrading of the initial ratings will adversely affect the prices for your notes    A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities. Similar ratings on different types of securities do not necessarily mean the same thing. We recommend that you analyze the significance of each rating independently from any other rating. Any rating agency may change its rating of any series of notes after those notes are issued if that rating agency believes that circumstances have changed. Any subsequent withdrawal or downgrading of a rating on a series of notes will likely reduce the price that a subsequent purchaser will be willing to pay for that series of notes.

 

15


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Statements in this prospectus, including those concerning expectations as to a trust’s ability to purchase student loans, to structure and to issue competitive securities, the ability to pay its notes, and certain other information presented in this prospectus, constitute forward looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Actual results may vary materially from such expectations. You should not place undue reliance on those forward-looking statements. Please review the factors described in this prospectus under “RISK FACTORS”, which could cause the actual results to differ from expectations.

 

16


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

 

Each series of notes issued by a trust will be issued under the terms of an indenture between the trust and an indenture trustee. The following summary describes the material terms of notes that may be issued under each indenture. This summary does not restate the provisions that will be contained in each indenture. We encourage you to read the indenture authorizing the issuance of your notes because that indenture, not this summary, defines your rights as noteholders.

 

Each series of notes will be offered in minimum denominations specified in the related prospectus supplement and in book-entry form only. Each series of notes will be represented by one or more certificates registered in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee for The Depository Trust Company, and will not be registered in the names of the noteholders. Unless definitive notes are issued under the limited circumstances described under “—Book-entry Registration”, no holder of notes will be entitled to receive a physical certificate representing any of those notes. All references to actions by noteholders refer to actions taken by The Depository Trust Company on instructions from its participating organizations and all references to distributions, notices, reports and statements to noteholders refer to distributions, notices, reports and statements to The Depository Trust Company or its nominee, as the registered holder of the notes, for distribution to noteholders under The Depository Trust Company’s procedures. See “—Book-entry Registration”.

 

Index Rate Notes

 

Each series of index rate notes will have a stated maturity set forth in the related prospectus supplement and will bear interest at an annual rate determined by reference to an interest rate index specified in the related prospectus supplement. The initial interest rates for each series of index rate notes, or the method for determining the initial interest rates, will be set forth in the related prospectus supplement. Thereafter, the interest rates for each series of index rate notes will be determined periodically by reference to the interest rate index specified in the related prospectus supplement, which index may be based on LIBOR, a commercial paper rate, a federal funds rate, a U.S. Treasury securities rate, a negotiable certificate of deposit rate or some other rate.

 

Any series of index rate notes may have either or both of the following:

 

    a maximum limitation, or ceiling on its interest rate, and

 

    a minimum limitation, or floor, on its interest rate.

 

In addition to any specified maximum interest rate, the interest rate applicable to any series of index rate notes will in no event be higher that any maximum rate permitted by law.

 

For each series of index rate notes, the related trust will appoint, and enter into an agreement with, a calculation agent to calculate the interest on that series of index rate notes. The calculation agent for each series of index rate notes will be identified in the related prospectus supplement, which may be the administrator, the related eligible lender trustee, or the related indenture trustee. In the absence of manifest error, all determinations of interest on a series of index rate notes by the calculation agent for that series will be conclusive for all purposes and binding on the holders of those notes. All percentages resulting from any calculation of the rate of interest on index rate notes will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100,000 of 1%, or 0.0000001, with five one-millionths of a percentage point being rounded upward.

 

Auction Rate Notes

 

Each series of auction rate notes will have a stated maturity set forth in the related prospectus supplement and will bear interest at the rate specified in the related prospectus supplement through the first auction date therefor. The interest period for each series of auction rate notes will initially consist of the number of days set forth in the related prospectus supplement. The interest rate for each series of auction rate notes will be reset at

 

17


Table of Contents

the interest rate determined by the implementation of the auction procedures described below, but the interest rate will not exceed the maximum rate per annum set forth in the related prospectus supplement. Interest on each series of auction rate notes will accrue daily and will be computed for the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a year consisting of 360 days or 365 days as specified in the related prospectus supplement. For each series of auction rate notes for which the initial interest period or any subsequent auction period is 180 days or less, the related trust will pay to the holders of those notes the interest accrued on their notes on the first business day following the expiration of the related initial interest period or the related auction period. For each series of auction rate notes for which the initial interest period or any subsequent auction period is more than 180 days, the related trust will pay to the holders of those notes the interest accrued on those notes on the first business day of June and December of each year, beginning on the first business day of June or December, as the case may be, following the commencement of such auction period.

 

If in any auction all the notes subject to the auction are subject to hold orders, the interest rate for the auction period will equal the all hold rate specified in the related prospectus supplement.

 

Determination of Note Interest Rate.    The procedures that will be used in determining the interest rates on each series of auction rate notes are summarized in the following paragraphs.

 

The interest rate on each series of auction rate notes will be determined periodically by means of a “Dutch Auction”. In this Dutch Auction, investors and potential investors submit orders through an eligible broker-dealer as to the principal amount of auction rate notes they wish to buy, hold or sell at various interest rates. The broker-dealers submit their clients’ orders to the auction agent. The auction agent processes all orders submitted by all eligible broker-dealers and determines the interest rate for the upcoming auction period. The broker-dealers are notified by the auction agent of the interest rate for the upcoming auction period and are provided with settlement instructions relating to purchases and sales of auction rate notes. The auction rate notes will be purchased and sold between investors and potential investors at a price equal to their then-outstanding principal balance plus any accrued interest. The auction agent and broker-dealer for each series of auction rate notes will be identified in the related prospectus supplement.

 

In the auction, the following types of orders may be submitted:

 

    “bid/hold orders”—specify the minimum interest rate that a current investor is willing to accept to continue to hold auction rate notes for the upcoming auction period;

 

    “sell orders”—an order by a current investor to sell a specified principal amount of auction rate notes regardless of the upcoming interest rate; and

 

    “potential bid orders”—specify the minimum interest rate that a potential investor, or a current investor wishing to purchase additional auction rate notes, is willing to accept to buy a specified principal amount of auction rate notes.

 

If an existing investor does not submit orders with respect to all its auction rate notes, the investor will be deemed to have submitted a hold order at the new interest rate for that portion of its auction rate notes for which no order was received.

 

The following example helps illustrate how the auction procedures are used in determining the interest rate on auction rate notes.

 

(a)    Assumptions:

 

1.    Denominations (units) = $50,000

 

2.    Auction period = 28 Days

 

3.    Principal amount outstanding = $25 million (500 units)

 

18


Table of Contents

(b)    Summary of All Orders Received For The Auction:

 

BID/HOLD ORDERS*


 

SELL ORDERS*


 

POTENTIAL BID ORDERS


  10 units at 2.90%

    50 units Sell     20 units at 2.95%

  30 units at 3.02%

    50 units Sell     30 units at 3.00%

  60 units at 3.05%

  100 units Sell     50 units at 3.05%
   
   

100 units at 3.10%

  200 units              50 units at 3.10%

100 units at 3.12%

        50 units at 3.11%

       

300 units               

        50 units at 3.14%
        100 units at 3.15%
       
        350 units                  
         

*   Total units under existing bid/hold orders and sell orders must always equal issue size (in this case 500 units).

 

(c)    Auction Agent Organizes Orders In Ascending Order:

 

Order

Number


  

Number

of Units


  

Cumulative

Total
(Units)


  

%


  

Order

Number


  

Number

of Units


  

Cumulative

Total
(Units)


  

%


1

   10(W)    10    2.90%    7    100(W)    300    3.10%

2

   20(W)    30    2.95%    8    50(W)    350    3.10%

3

   30(W)    60    3.00%    9    50(W)    400    3.11%

4

   30(W)    90    3.02%    10    100(W)    500    3.12%

5

   50(W)    140    3.05%    11    50(L)         3.14%

6

   60(W)    200    3.05%    12    100(L)         3.15%

(W)   Winning Order
(L)   Losing Order

 

Order #10 is the order that clears the market of all available units. All winning orders are awarded the winning rate (in this case, 3.12%) as the interest rate for the next interest accrual period. Multiple orders at the winning rate are allocated units on a pro rata basis. In any case, the interest rate on a series of auction rate notes will never exceed the maximum rate specified in the related prospectus supplement.

 

The above example assumes that a successful auction has occurred (i.e., all sell orders and all bid/hold orders below the new interest rate were fulfilled). However, in some circumstances, there may be insufficient potential bid orders to purchase all the auction rate notes offered for sale. In those circumstances, the interest rate for the upcoming interest accrual period will equal the maximum rate. Also, if all the auction rate notes are subject to hold orders (i.e., each holder of auction rate notes wishes to continue holding its auction rate notes, regardless of the interest rate) the interest rate on that series of auction rate notes for the upcoming interest accrual period will be the “all hold rate” specified in the related prospectus supplement.

 

If a payment default has occurred, the interest rate on the series of auction rate notes will be the non-payment rate, which will be specified in the related prospectus supplement.

 

Maximum Rate and Interest Carryovers.    If the auction rate for a series of auction rate notes is greater than the maximum rate specified in the related prospectus supplement, then the interest rate applicable to those auction rate notes will be the maximum rate. In such event, if the interest rate for a series of auction rate notes is

 

19


Table of Contents

set at the net loan rate, the excess of the lower of the auction rate and the maximum rate that would have been applied if the net loan rate were not a component of the maximum rate, over the net loan rate will be carried over for that series of auction rate notes. If there are insufficient bid orders to purchase all auction rate notes of a series offered for sale in an auction and the interest rate for that series is set at the net loan rate, the excess of the maximum rate that would have been applied if the net loan rate was not a component of the maximum rate over the net loan rate will be carried over for that series of auction rate notes. The carryover amount will bear interest at the rate specified in the related prospectus supplement. The ratings of a series of auction rate notes do not address the payment of carryover amounts or interest on carryover amounts.

 

The carryover amount, and interest accrued thereon, for a series of auction rate notes will be paid on a distribution date if there is sufficient money in the collection account to pay all fees and expenses of the related trust due on that distribution date, all principal and interest due on the notes on that distribution date, and all derivative and certain derivative termination payments due on that distribution date, and to make any deposit into the related reserve account, if any, required to be made on that distribution date, and in the case of Class B notes, to pay interest carryover on Class A notes. Any carryover amount, and any interest accrued on the carryover amount, due on any auction rate note that is to be redeemed will be paid to the holder thereof on the redemption date to the extent that money is available. To the extent funds are available in the collection account to pay carryover amounts and interest on carryover amounts on any distribution date, such funds will be allocated first to pay carryover amounts and interest on carryover amounts on auction rate notes subject to mandatory redemption on such distribution date. Any carryover amount and interest on the carryover amount not paid on the date an auction rate note is redeemed pursuant to mandatory redemption will be cancelled and not paid on that auction rate note on any subsequent date.

 

Changes in Auction Period.    A trust may, from time to time, change the length of the auction period for a series of its auction rate notes to conform with then current market practice with respect to similar securities or to accommodate economic and financial factors that may affect or be relevant to the length of the auction period and the interest rate borne by that series of auction rate notes. A trust will initiate the auction period adjustment by giving written notice to the related indenture trustee, auction agent, market agent and broker-dealer, each rating agency rating that series of auction rate notes and the holders of that series of auction rate notes at least 10 days prior to the auction date for those auction rate notes. Any adjusted auction period will be at least one day but not more than 366 days. The auction period adjustment will take effect only if approved by the related market agent and if the auction agent receives orders sufficient to complete the auction for the new auction period at a rate of interest below the maximum rate.

 

Changes in the Auction Date.    The market agent for a series of auction rate notes, with the written consent of the administrator on behalf of the related trust, may specify a different auction date (but in no event more than five business days earlier than the auction date that would otherwise be determined in accordance with the related indenture) for that series of auction rate notes to conform with then current market practice with respect to similar securities or to accommodate economic and financial factors that may affect or be relevant to the day of the week constituting an auction date for those auction rate notes. If the administrator, on behalf of the related trust, consents to the change, the market agent will provide notice of its determination to specify an earlier auction date in writing at least 10 days prior to the proposed changed auction date to the related indenture trustee, auction agent and trust, each rating agency rating that series of auction rate notes and the holders of that series of auction rate notes.

 

Fixed Rate Notes

 

Each series of fixed rate notes will have a stated maturity set forth in the related prospectus supplement. Each series of fixed rate notes will bear interest from the date and at the rate per annum specified in the related prospectus supplement. The dates on which the holders of any series of fixed rate notes will receive payments of principal and interest will be specified in the related prospectus supplement.

 

20


Table of Contents

Book-entry Registration

 

Investors acquiring beneficial ownership interests in notes issued in book-entry form will hold their notes through The Depository Trust Company in the United States, or Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear (in Europe) if they are participants of these systems, or indirectly through organizations that are participants in these systems. Book-entry notes will be issued in one or more instruments that equal the aggregate principal balance of the series of notes and will initially be registered in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of The Depository Trust Company. Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf of their participants through customers’ securities accounts in Clearstream, Luxembourg’s and Euroclear’s name on the books of its respective depositary, which in turn will hold positions in customers’ securities accounts in such depositary’s name on the books of The Depository Trust Company. Except as described below, no person acquiring a book-entry note will be entitled to receive a physical certificate representing their notes. Unless and until the notes are issued in definitive form, it is anticipated that the only holder of notes issued by any of the trusts will be Cede & Co., as nominee of The Depository Trust Company.

 

The Depository Trust Company is a New York-chartered limited-purpose trust company that performs services for its participants, some of which, and/or their representatives, own The Depository Trust Company. In accordance with its normal procedures, The Depository Trust Company is expected to record the positions held by each of its participants in notes issued in book-entry form, whether held for its own account or as nominee for another person. In general, beneficial ownership of book-entry notes will be subject to the rules, regulations and procedures governing The Depository Trust Company and its participants as in effect from time to time.

 

Purchases of the notes under The Depository Trust Company system must be made by or through direct participants, which are to receive a credit for the notes on The Depository Trust Company’s records. The ownership interest of each actual purchaser of the notes, or beneficial owner, is in turn to be recorded on the direct and indirect participants’ records. Beneficial owners shall not receive written confirmation from The Depository Trust Company of their purchase, but beneficial owners are expected to receive written confirmations providing details of the transaction, as well as periodic statements of their holdings, from the direct or indirect participant through which the beneficial owner entered into the transaction. Transfers of ownership interests in book-entry notes are to be accomplished by entries made on the books of participants acting on behalf of beneficial owners. Beneficial owners shall not receive certificates representing their ownership interests in the book-entry notes, except in the event that use of the book-entry system for any series of notes is discontinued.

 

To facilitate subsequent transfers, all notes deposited by participants with The Depository Trust Company are registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company’s partnership nominee, Cede & Co. The deposit of such notes with The Depository Trust Company and their registration in the name of Cede & Co. effect no change in beneficial ownership. The Depository Trust Company has no knowledge of the actual beneficial owners of notes; The Depository Trust Company’s records reflect only the identity of the direct participants to whose accounts such notes are credited, which may or may not be the beneficial owners. The participants remain responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers.

 

Conveyance of notices and other communications by The Depository Trust Company to direct participants, by direct participants to indirect participants, and by direct participants and indirect participants to beneficial owners are governed by arrangements among them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time.

 

Redemption notices shall be sent to Cede & Co. If less than all of a class of the notes of any series are being redeemed, The Depository Trust Company’s practice is to determine by lot the amount of the interest of each direct participant in such class to be redeemed.

 

Neither The Depository Trust Company nor Cede & Co. will consent or vote with respect to the notes of any series. Under its usual procedures, The Depository Trust Company mails an omnibus proxy to the issuer, or the

 

21


Table of Contents

indenture trustee, as appropriate, as soon as possible after the record date. The omnibus proxy assigns Cede & Co.’s consenting or voting rights to those direct participants to whose accounts the notes are credited on the record date.

 

Principal and interest payments on notes are to be made to The Depository Trust Company. The Depository Trust Company’s practice is to credit direct participant’s accounts on the due date in accordance with their respective holdings shown on The Depository Trust Company’s records unless The Depository Trust Company has reason to believe that it will not receive payment on the due date. Payments by participants to beneficial owners are governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in “street name”, and shall be the responsibility of the participant and not of The Depository Trust Company, the indenture trustee or the issuer, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time. Payment of principal and interest to The Depository Trust Company is the responsibility of the issuer or the indenture trustee. Disbursement of such payments to direct participants shall be the responsibility of The Depository Trust Company, and disbursement of such payments to the beneficial owners shall be the responsibility of direct and indirect participants.

 

The Depository Trust Company may discontinue providing its services as securities depository with respect to the notes of any series at any time by giving reasonable notice to the issuer or the indenture trustee. In the event that a successor securities depository is not obtained, note certificates are required to be printed and delivered.

 

Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, Luxembourg, formerly Cedelbank (“Clearstream, Luxembourg”), has advised that it is incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg as a professional depository. Clearstream, Luxembourg holds securities for its participating organizations. Clearstream, Luxembourg facilitates the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between Clearstream, Luxembourg participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of Clearstream, Luxembourg participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates. Clearstream, Luxembourg provides to its Clearstream, Luxembourg participants, among other things, services for safekeeping, administration, clearance and settlement of internationally traded securities and securities lending and borrowing. Clearstream, Luxembourg interfaces with domestic markets in several countries. As a professional depository, Clearstream, Luxembourg is subject to regulation by the Luxembourg Commission for the Supervision of the Financial Sector (the “CSSF”). Clearstream, Luxembourg participants are recognized financial institutions around the world, including underwriters, securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Indirect access to Clearstream, Luxembourg is also available to others, such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Clearstream, Luxembourg participant, either directly or indirectly.

 

Euroclear has advised that it was created in 1968 to hold securities for participants of Euroclear and to clear and settle transactions between Euroclear participants through simultaneous electronic book-entry delivery against payment, eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates and any risk from lack of simultaneous transfers of securities and cash. Euroclear provides various other services, including securities lending and borrowing and interfaces with domestic markets in several countries. Euroclear is operated by Euroclear Bank S.A./NV (the “Euroclear operator”), under contract with Euroclear Clearance Systems S.C., a Belgian cooperative corporation. All operations are conducted by the Euroclear operator, and all Euroclear securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts with the Euroclear operator, not the cooperative. The cooperative establishes policy for Euroclear on behalf of Euroclear participants. Euroclear participants include banks, central banks, securities brokers and dealers and other professional financial intermediaries. Indirect access to Euroclear is also available to other firms that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Euroclear participant, either directly or indirectly.

 

The Euroclear operator has advised that it is licensed by the Belgian Banking and Finance Commission to carry out banking activities on a global basis. As a Belgian Bank, it is regulated by the Belgian Banking Commission.

 

22


Table of Contents

Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear operator are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and the related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian law. The Terms and Conditions govern transfers of securities and cash within Euroclear, withdrawals of securities and cash from Euroclear, and receipts of payments with respect to securities in Euroclear. All securities in Euroclear are held on a fungible basis without attribution of specific certificates to specific securities clearance accounts. The Euroclear operator acts under the Terms and Conditions only on behalf of Euroclear participants and has no record of or relationship with persons holding through Euroclear participants.

 

Distributions with respect to notes held through Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear will be credited to the cash accounts of Clearstream, Luxembourg participants or Euroclear participants in accordance with the relevant system’s rules and procedures, to the extent received by its depositary. Those distributions will be subject to tax reporting in accordance with relevant United States tax laws and regulations. Clearstream, Luxembourg or the Euroclear operator, as the case may be, will take any other action permitted to be taken by a noteholder under the indenture on behalf of a Clearstream, Luxembourg participant or Euroclear participant only in accordance with the relevant rules and procedures and subject to the relevant Depositary’s ability to effect such actions on its behalf through The Depository Trust Company.

 

Transfers between participants in The Depository Trust Company will occur in accordance with The Depository Trust Company Rules. Transfers between Clearstream, Luxembourg participants and Euroclear participants will occur in accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

 

Because of time-zone differences, credits of securities received in Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a participant will be made during subsequent securities settlement processing and dated the business day following The Depository Trust Company settlement date. Such credits or any transactions in such securities settled during such processing will be reported to the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg participants on such business day. Cash received in Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear as a result of sales of securities by or through a Clearstream, Luxembourg participant or Euroclear participant to a participant in The Depository Trust Company will be received with value on The Depository Trust Company settlement date but will be available in the relevant Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear cash account only as of the business day following settlement in The Depository Trust Company.

 

Cross-market transfers between persons holding directly or indirectly through Depository Trust Company, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly through Clearstream, Luxembourg participants or Euroclear participants, on the other, will be effected in The Depository Trust Company in accordance with The Depository Trust Company Rules on behalf of the relevant European international clearing system by its depositary; however, such cross-market transactions will require delivery of instructions to the relevant European international clearing system by the counterparty in such system in accordance with its rules and procedures and within its established deadlines (European time). The relevant European international clearing system will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its depositary to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving securities in The Depository Trust Company, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to The Depository Trust Company. Clearstream, Luxembourg participants and Euroclear participants may not deliver instructions to the depositaries.

 

The Depository Trust Company has advised the depositor that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a noteholder under an indenture only at the direction of one or more participants to whose accounts with The Depository Trust Company the related notes are credited. Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear will take any action permitted to be taken by a noteholder under an indenture on behalf of a participant only in accordance with their relevant rules and procedures and subject to the ability of the relevant depositary to effect these actions on its behalf through The Depository Trust Company.

 

23


Table of Contents

Although The Depository Trust Company, Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interests in notes among participants of The Depository Trust Company, Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to perform such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any time.

 

Neither the trusts, the depositor, the seller, the master servicer, any subservicers, any indenture trustee nor any underwriter will have any responsibility or obligation to any The Depository Trust Company participants, Clearstream, Luxembourg participants or Euroclear participants or the persons for whom they act as nominees with respect to:

 

    the accuracy of any records maintained by The Depository Trust Company, Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear or any participant;

 

    the payment by The Depository Trust Company, Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear or any participant of any amount due to any beneficial owner in respect of the principal amount or interest on any notes;

 

    the delivery by any The Depository Trust Company participant, Clearstream, Luxembourg participant or Euroclear participant of any notice to any beneficial owner which is required or permitted under the terms of an indenture or trust agreement to be given to noteholders; or

 

    any other action taken by The Depository Trust Company as the noteholder.

 

The administrator will have the right to discontinue use of the system of book-entry transfers through The Depository Trust Company or a successor securities depository. In that event, note certificates will be required to be printed and delivered.

 

Pool Factors

 

The pool factor for each series of notes will be a seven-digit decimal computed by the administrator before each distribution date. Each pool factor will indicate the remaining outstanding balance of the related series of notes, after giving effect to distributions to be made on that distribution date, as a fraction of the initial outstanding balance of that series. Each pool factor will initially be 1.0000000. Thereafter, it will decline to reflect reductions in the outstanding balance of the applicable series. Your portion of the aggregate outstanding balance of a series of notes will be the product of:

 

    the original denomination of your note, and

 

    the applicable pool factor.

 

Reports will be made available to noteholders on or about each distribution date concerning various matters, including payments the related trust has received on its student loans, the pool balance of those student loans, the applicable pool factor and various other items of information. See “DESCRIPTION OF THE INDENTURE—Further Covenants” in this prospectus.

 

SECURITY AND SOURCES OF PAYMENT FOR THE NOTES

 

General

 

The notes offered by each trust will be limited obligations of that trust, secured by and payable solely from the related trust estate. The following assets will serve as security for each series of notes:

 

   

revenues, consisting of all principal and interest payments, proceeds, charges and other income received by the related indenture trustee, the related trust or the master servicer, on account of any of the student loans held in the related trust estate, including interest benefit payments and any special allowance

 

24


Table of Contents
 

payments with respect to any of those student loans, and investment income from all accounts created under the related indenture and any proceeds from the sale or other disposition of those student loans;

 

    all money and investments held in the accounts created under the related indenture; and

 

    the student loans held in the related trust estate.

 

The provisions of each indenture generally will be for the equal benefit, protection and security of the holders of all of the notes issued thereunder. However, the Class A notes issued under each indenture will have priority over the Class B notes issued thereunder with respect to payments of principal and interest.

 

Accounts

 

Each indenture trustee will establish a collection account under the related indenture into which all payments on the student loans held in the related trust estate will be deposited. The related prospectus supplement will describe any other accounts established by the indenture trustee under the indenture, including any acquisition account, any capitalized interest account, any distribution account and any reserve account.

 

For any series of notes, the related indenture trustee will invest funds in the collection account, any acquisition account, any capitalized interest account, any distribution account, any reserve account and any other accounts established under the related indenture in eligible investments as provided in the indenture.

 

In general, eligible investments will be those that would not result in the downgrading or withdrawal of any rating of any of the outstanding notes. They will mature on the dates specified in the related prospectus supplement. A portion of those eligible investments may mature after the next distribution date if so provided in the related prospectus supplement.

 

Each trust account will be maintained as either:

 

    a segregated account with an FDIC-insured depository institution that has either (a) a long-term unsecured debt rating acceptable to the applicable rating agencies or (b) a short-term unsecured debt rating or certificate of deposit rating acceptable to the applicable rating agencies; or

 

    a segregated trust account with the corporate trust department of a depository institution having corporate trust powers, so long as any of the securities of that depository institution have an investment grade rating from each applicable rating agency.

 

Purchase and Sale of Student Loans

 

Each trust will use most of the proceeds from the sale of each series of its notes to purchase student loans. An eligible lender trustee will be the legal owner of the student loans acquired by each trust and the related indenture trustee will have a security interest in those student loans for and on behalf of the holders of notes issued by that trust. The student loans held in each trust estate will be held in the name of an eligible lender trustee for the account of the related trust, but for the benefit of the holders of notes issued by that trust.

 

Distributions

 

Beginning on the distribution date specified in the related prospectus supplement, the indenture trustee will make distributions of principal and interest on each series of notes issued under the related indenture.

 

Credit Enhancement

 

The related prospectus supplement will describe the amounts and types of credit enhancement for each series of notes. Credit enhancement for any series of notes may include the following:

 

    subordination of one or more classes of notes;

 

25


Table of Contents
    a reserve account or a cash collateral account;

 

    overcollateralization;

 

    letters of credit or credit or liquidity facilities;

 

    surety bonds; or

 

    guaranteed investment contracts.

 

The presence of a reserve account or other forms of credit enhancement is intended to enhance the likelihood of receipt by the holders of notes of the full amount of distributions when due and decrease the likelihood that those holders will experience losses.

 

Credit enhancement will not provide protection against all risks of loss and will not guarantee repayment of all distributions. If losses occur that exceed the amount covered by any credit enhancement or that are not covered by any credit enhancement, the holder of the notes will bear their share of deficiencies, as described in the related prospectus supplement. In addition, if a form of credit enhancement covers more than one series of notes, holders of notes of any of those series will be subject to the risk that the credit enhancement will be exhausted by claims of holders of notes of other series.

 

Investment of Funds Held by Indenture Trustee

 

Upon the order of the administrator, an indenture trustee will invest amounts credited to any account established under the related indenture in investment securities described in the indenture. In the absence of an order from the administrator, and to the extent practicable, the indenture trustee will invest amounts held under the indenture in direct obligations of, or in obligations fully guaranteed by, the United States.

 

Investment earnings on funds deposited in the trust accounts established under an indenture, net of losses and investment expenses, will be deposited in the related collection account on each distribution date and will be treated as collections of interest on the student loans held in the related trust estate.

 

No indenture trustee will be responsible or liable for any losses on investments made by it or for keeping all funds held by it fully invested at all times. Its only responsibility will be to comply with the investment instructions in a non-negligent manner.

 

EDUCATION LENDING GROUP, INC.’S STUDENT LOAN PROGRAM

 

General

 

Education Lending Group, Inc., as seller, will transfer pools of student loans to Education Funding Capital I, LLC, as depositor. In connection with the sale by a trust of a series of notes, Education Funding Capital I, LLC, as depositor, will transfer a specified pool of student loans to the trust in exchange for the net proceeds from the sale of those notes. On the closing date of each student loan sale, Education Lending Group, Inc. will sell and assign to the related eligible lender trustee on behalf of the depositor, without recourse, except as provided in the related transfer and sale agreement, its entire interest in the pool of student loans and all collections received and to be received with respect thereto for the period on and after the statistical cut-off date provided for pursuant to the related transfer and sale agreement. Immediately upon giving effect to that sale, the depositor will transfer and assign to the related eligible lender trustee on behalf of a trust, without recourse, except as provided in the related transfer and sale agreement, its entire interest in the same pool of student loans and all collections received and to be received with respect thereto for the period on and after the statistical cut-off date and all of its rights under its related transfer and sale agreement with Education Lending Group, Inc.

 

26


Table of Contents

The pool of student loans to be transferred to any trust will be selected from a portfolio of student loans held by Education Lending Group, Inc. and its affiliates by several criteria, including:

 

    each FFELP loan will be guaranteed as to principal and interest by a guarantee agency and reinsured by the Department of Education under the Federal Family Education Loan Program;

 

    each FFELP loan will be originated in the United States of America, its territories or its possessions in accordance with the Federal Family Education Loan Program;

 

    each FFELP loan will contain all terms required by the Federal Family Education Loan Program and the applicable guarantee agreements;

 

    each student loan will provide for periodic payments that will fully amortize the amount financed over its term to maturity, exclusive of any deferral or forbearance periods; and

 

    the terms of each private loan will comply with all applicable laws, including all applicable consumer protection laws.

 

Each student loan sold to a trust will be identified in a schedule appearing as an exhibit to the related transfer and sale agreement.

 

Education Lending Group, Inc. will make representations, warranties and covenants with respect to the pool of student loans sold to a trust pursuant to the related transfer and sale agreement, including the following:

 

    each student loan has been duly executed and delivered and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the maker and the endorser, if any, thereof, enforceable in accordance with its terms;

 

    Education Lending Group, Inc., as the holder of the beneficial ownership interest, and the related eligible lender trustee, as the holder of the legal ownership interest, are the sole owners and holders of each student loan and each has full right and authority to sell and assign the same free and clear of all liens, pledges or encumbrances;

 

    the information provided with respect to the student loans is true and correct as of the statistical cut-off date;

 

    each student loan, on the date on which it was transferred to the trust, is free and clear of all security interests, liens, charges and encumbrances and no offsets, defenses or counterclaims with respect thereto have been asserted or threatened;

 

    each student loan identified as a FFELP loan is guaranteed by a guarantee agency under the Federal Family Education Loan Program;

 

    Education Lending Group, Inc., its affiliates and any independent servicer have each exercised and shall continue to exercise, until the scheduled date of sale, due diligence and reasonable care in making, administering, servicing and collecting the student loans;

 

    Education Lending Group, Inc., or the lender that originated a FFELP loan, has reported, or will report when required, the amount of origination fees and consolidation rebate fees, if any, authorized to be collected with respect to the loan pursuant to Section 438(c) of the Higher Education Act to the Secretary of Education for the period in which the fee was authorized to be collected; and

 

    Education Lending Group, Inc. or the originating lender has made, or will make when due, any refund of an origination fee collected in connection with any FFELP loan that may be required pursuant to the Higher Education Act.

 

27


Table of Contents

At the request of a trust or the related indenture trustee, Education Lending Group, Inc. will be obligated to repurchase or substitute any student loan transferred to the depositor from Education Lending Group, Inc. and transferred to the trust if:

 

    certain representations or warranties made or furnished by Education Lending Group, Inc. in or pursuant to its respective transfer and sale agreement shall prove to have been materially incorrect as to the student loan;

 

    the Secretary of Education or a guarantee agency, as the case may be, refuses to honor all or part of a claim filed with respect to a FFELP loan, including any claim for interest subsidy, special allowance payments, insurance, reinsurance or guarantee payments on account of any circumstance or event that occurred prior to the transfer of the FFELP loan to the trust; or

 

    on account of any wrongful or negligent act or omission of Education Lending Group, Inc., the originating lender or its or their servicing agents that occurred prior to the transfer of a student loan to the trust, a defense that makes the loan unenforceable is asserted by a maker or endorser, if any, of the loan with respect to his or her obligation to pay all or any part of the loan.

 

Upon the occurrence of any of the conditions set forth above and upon the request of a trust or the related indenture trustee, Education Lending Group, Inc. will be required to pay to the indenture trustee an amount equal to the sum of the then outstanding principal balance of such loan, plus any unamortized premium paid on the purchase of such loan, plus all interest accrued and unpaid on such loan, plus the applicable special allowance payments, if any, accrued and unpaid with respect to such loan from the applicable loan purchase date to and including the date of repurchase, plus all amounts owed to the Secretary of Education, if any, with respect to the repurchased loan.

 

Education Lending Group, Inc. and its affiliates currently offer, or have acquired student loans that offer, incentive programs to borrowers, which, with respect to the student loans transferred to a trust, will be described in the related prospectus supplement.

 

The Trusts

 

Each trust will be established as a bankruptcy remote, limited purpose statutory trust organized by the depositor under the laws of the State of Delaware for the transactions described in this prospectus. The property of each trust will consist of:

 

    a pool of student loans, legal title to which is held by the related eligible lender trustee on behalf of the trust;

 

    all funds collected or to be collected in respect of the student loans held in the related trust estate, including any payments made under guarantee agreements, if any, covering the student loans, on or after the statistical cut-off date, including interest accrued on the student loans prior to the statistical cut-off date whether or not to be capitalized (but excluding special allowance payments and interest subsidy payments, if applicable, accrued prior to the statistical cut-off date); and

 

    all money and investments on deposit in the trust accounts established under the related indenture, including any reserve account.

 

The notes issued by each trust will be secured by the property of the trust. To facilitate servicing and to minimize administrative burden and expense, the master servicer or sub-servicer will be appointed the custodian of the promissory notes representing the student loans for the trust and the related eligible lender trustee. The master servicer or a sub-servicer will hold those promissory notes for the benefit of the indenture trustee.

 

28


Table of Contents

Eligible Lender Trustee

 

The eligible lender trustee for each trust will be identified in the related prospectus supplement and, as eligible lender trustee, will acquire legal title to all student loans held in the related trust estate and will enter into a guarantee agreement with each of the guarantee agencies with respect to the FFELP loans held in that trust estate. The eligible lender trustee will qualify as an eligible lender and owner of all the FFELP loans held by the trust for all purposes under the Higher Education Act and the guarantee agreements. Education Lending Group, Inc., the depositor and the trust will also cooperate in taking any actions that are required so the eligible lender trustee will be treated as the legal owner of the FFELP loans while they are held beneficially by Education Lending Group, Inc., the depositor or the trust.

 

Failure of the FFELP loans to be owned by an eligible lender would result in the loss of any guarantee payments from any guarantee agency and any federal assistance with respect to those FFELP loans. The eligible lender trustee’s liability in connection with the issuance and sale by a trust of a series of notes is limited solely to the express obligations of the eligible lender trustee set forth in the related trust agreement and the related transfer and sale agreement. The eligible lender trustee may resign at any time, in which event the administrator, or its successor, will be obligated to appoint a successor trustee.

 

The administrator may remove an eligible lender trustee if the eligible lender trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as eligible lender trustee under the related trust agreement or if the eligible lender trustee becomes insolvent. In those circumstances, the administrator will be obligated to appoint a qualified successor trustee. Any resignation or removal of an eligible lender trustee and appointment of a successor trustee will not become effective until acceptance of the appointment by the successor trustee.

 

Each eligible lender trustee will act as “eligible lender” with respect to the FFELP loans as an accommodation to the related trust and not for the benefit of any other party. Notwithstanding any responsibility that an eligible lender trustee may have to the Secretary of Education or any guarantee agency under the Higher Education Act, the eligible lender trustee shall not have any responsibility for any action or inaction of a trust or any other party in connection with the student loans held in the related trust estate and the documents, agreements, understandings and arrangements relating to those student loans.

 

Education Funding Capital I, LLC

 

Education Funding Capital I, LLC, the depositor, is a bankruptcy remote wholly owned, special purpose subsidiary of Education Lending Services, Inc., formed to purchase student loans originated or acquired by Education Lending Group, Inc. and to transfer those student loans to the trusts. Because the depositor is not an institution eligible to hold legal title to student loans, an eligible lender trustee will hold legal title to all student loans owned by the depositor.

 

The depositor will sell student loans to each trust pursuant to a transfer and sale agreement between the depositor and the trust in which the depositor will make representations, warranties and covenants with respect to the student loans sold thereunder that are similar to those representations, warranties and covenants made in each transfer and sale agreement between Education Lending Group, Inc. and the depositor.

 

By forming the depositor to acquire the student loans being transferred to the trusts, Education Lending Services, Inc. has taken steps intended to prevent any application for relief under any insolvency law from resulting in consolidation of the assets and liabilities of the depositor with those of the seller or the master servicer. The depositor has received the advice of its counsel to the effect that, subject to specified facts, assumptions and qualifications, it would not be a proper exercise by a court of its equitable discretion to disregard the separate legal existence of the depositor and to require the consolidation of the assets and liabilities of the depositor with the assets and liabilities of the seller or the master servicer in the event of the application of any insolvency laws to the seller or the master servicer. Among other things, it is assumed by counsel that the depositor will follow certain procedures in the conduct of its affairs, including:

 

    maintaining records and books of accounts separate from those of the seller and the master servicer;

 

29


Table of Contents
    refraining from commingling its assets with those of the seller or the master servicer; and

 

    refraining from holding itself out as having agreed to pay, or being liable for, the debts of the seller or the master servicer.

 

The depositor intends to follow those and other procedures related to maintaining its separate identity. There can be no assurance that a court would not conclude that the assets and liabilities of the depositor should be consolidated with those of the master servicer or the seller. If a court were to reach that conclusion, or a filing were made under any insolvency laws by or against the depositor, or if an attempt were made to litigate any of the above issues, delays in distributions on the notes issued by any of the trusts could occur or reductions in the amounts of those distributions could result. See “RISK FACTORS—If a sale of student loans from the seller to the depositor or from the depositor to a trust is not a true sale, delays or reductions in payments to you could result” and “—Bankruptcy of the depositor, the master servicer or the seller could result in accelerated prepayment on your notes, reductions in payment or delays in payment” in this prospectus.

 

After the occurrence of any event of bankruptcy or insolvency of the depositor, the student loans and other assets of a trust estate may be liquidated. The proceeds from that liquidation would be treated as collections on those assets and deposited in accordance with the related indenture. There can be no assurance that the proceeds from the liquidation of those assets and amounts (if any) on deposit in the accounts held under an indenture would be sufficient to pay the notes issued thereunder.

 

We have structured the transactions described in this prospectus to increase the likelihood that the transfers of student loans from the seller to the depositor and the transfers of student loans from the depositor to the trusts will each be deemed a “true sale”. If each transfer constitutes a “true sale”, then the student loans and related proceeds would not be property of the seller or the depositor should either of them become subject to any insolvency law.

 

Upon the issuance of notes by a trust, the depositor will receive the advice of counsel that, subject to various facts, assumptions and qualifications, the transfer of the student loans by the seller to the depositor and the transfer of the student loans by the depositor to the trust each would be characterized as a “true sale”.

 

Education Lending Group, Inc.

 

General

 

Education Lending Group, Inc. is focused primarily on federally guaranteed student loans, private student loans and related loan servicing and is a full service provider of financial aid products to students, parents and schools. This includes, but is not limited to, student financial aid counseling, debt management, loan origination, loan servicing management, and secondary market loan acquisitions.

 

In September, 2001, through its wholly-owned direct and indirect subsidiaries, Education Lending Services, Inc. and Education Funding Resources, LLC, Education Lending Group, Inc. began operations related to originating, purchasing, and providing services related to the student loan industry. In November 2001, Education Lending Group, Inc. initiated business operation of its subsidiary, Student Loan Xpress, Inc., which focuses on making its student loan products available to qualified students attending colleges and universities across the country, and hired a majority of the former employees of American Express Educational Loans, which exited the student loan business at the end of 2001. In October 2003, Education Lending Group, Inc. formed a wholly owned subsidiary, Education Loan Servicing Corporation, for the purpose of developing a loan servicing business. See “SERVICING OF THE STUDENT LOANS—The Master Servicing Agreement” in this prospectus. Education Lending Group, Inc., through its subsidiaries, originates, or purchases student loans originated under the Federal Family Education Loan Program that are eligible for guarantee from the Department of Education, Federally guaranteed consolidation loans, and certain other eligible student loans.

 

30


Table of Contents

Education Lending Group, Inc. was acquired by CIT Group Inc. through a merger completed in February 2005. Education Lending Group, Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of CIT Group Inc.

 

CIT GROUP INC.

 

CIT Group Inc. (“CIT”), a Delaware corporation, is a leading global commercial and consumer finance company with $58.8 billion of managed assets and $6.3 billion of stockholders’ equity at March 31, 2005. CIT’s principal executive offices are located at 1211 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10036 and its telephone number is (212) 536-1211. CIT commenced operations in 1908. CIT has developed a broad array of “franchise” businesses that focus on specific industries, asset types, products and markets, with portfolios diversified by client, industry and geography.

 

CIT conducts its operations through two strategic groups, Specialty Finance and Commercial Finance, comprised of five business segments that market products and services to satisfy the financing needs of specific customers, industries, vendors/manufacturers, and markets. The five business segments are as follows: the commercial and consumer segments of Specialty Finance and the commercial finance, equipment finance and capital finance segments of Commercial Finance.

 

CIT will have no liabilities or obligations with respect to any of the notes.

 

 

Additional Information

 

CIT files annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. You may read this information at the SEC’s public reference room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on its regional public reference rooms.

 

You may also obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. SEC filings of CIT are also available to the public at the SEC’s web site at http://www.sec.gov.

 

SERVICING OF THE STUDENT LOANS

 

The Master Servicing Agreement

 

Each trust will enter into a master servicing agreement with Education Lending Services, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Education Lending Group, Inc., which will continue until the earlier of:

 

    termination of the related indenture;

 

    early termination after material default by the master servicer as provided for in the master servicing agreement; or

 

    the student loans serviced under the master servicing agreement having been paid in full.

 

Under each master servicing agreement, the master servicer will be responsible for servicing all student loans acquired from time to time on behalf of the related trust. The master servicer will be responsible for performing all services and duties customary to the servicing of student loans including all collection practices and to do so in compliance with, and to otherwise comply with, all standards and procedures provided for in the Higher Education Act, the guarantee agreements and all laws and regulations applicable to its activities under the master servicing agreement. The master servicer is required to maintain its eligibility as a third-party servicer under the Higher Education Act. The master servicer may perform its servicing obligations under the master

 

31


Table of Contents

servicing agreement through one or more subservicing agreements with other eligible third-party servicers under the Higher Education Act, provided that the related indenture trustee has received confirmation from each rating agency then rating any of the notes outstanding under the related indenture that its rating(s) of those notes will not be reduced or withdrawn as a result of the use of one or more eligible third-party servicers. In addition, the master servicer may perform its servicing obligations under the master servicing agreement through a subservicing agreement with its affiliate Education Loan Servicing Corporation, provided that entity is an eligible third-party servicer under the Higher Education Act and the related indenture trustee has received confirmation from each rating agency then rating any of the notes outstanding under the related indenture that its rating(s) of those notes will not be reduced or withdrawn as a result of the use of that entity as a third-party servicer.

 

Without limiting the foregoing, the duties of the master servicer with respect to each trust under the related master servicing agreement will include, but will not be limited to, the following:

 

    collecting and delivering to the related indenture trustee all payments with respect to the student loans held in the related trust estate, including filing appropriate claims for any guarantee payments, any interest subsidy payments and special allowance payments with respect to the student loans;

 

    responding to inquiries of borrowers on the student loans;

 

    taking such actions as are required under the Higher Education Act with respect to delinquencies;

 

    pursuing, filing and collecting all payments with respect to the student loans held in the related trust estate;

 

    providing periodic reports of all monetary transactions;

 

    furnishing monthly statements to the trustees; and

 

    paying taxes, accounting fees, outside auditor fees, data processing costs and other costs incurred in servicing the student loans held in the related trust estate.

 

Master Servicer Covenants

 

In the master servicing agreement with each trust, the master servicer will agree that:

 

    it will satisfy all of its obligations set forth in the master servicing agreement, maintain in effect all qualifications required to service the related student loans and comply in all material respects with all requirements of law if a failure to comply would have a materially adverse effect on its ability to service the student loans;

 

    it will not permit any rescission or cancellation of a related student loan except as ordered by a court or other government authority or as consented to by the related eligible lender trustee and indenture trustee, except that it may write off any delinquent loan if the remaining balance of the borrower’s account is less than $50; and

 

    it will not reschedule, revise, defer or otherwise compromise payments due on any related student loan except during any applicable interest only, deferral or forbearance periods or otherwise in accordance with all applicable standards and requirements for servicing of the related student loans.

 

Upon the discovery of a breach of certain covenants that have a materially adverse effect on any student loans serviced by it under a master servicing agreement, the master servicer will be obligated to purchase or substitute the affected student loans unless the breach is cured within the applicable cure period specified in the master servicing agreement. Any breach that relates to compliance with the requirements of the Higher Education Act or the applicable guarantee agency but that does not affect that guarantee agency’s obligation to guarantee payment of a student loan will not be considered to have a material adverse effect.

 

32


Table of Contents

The purchase or substitution and reimbursement obligations of the master servicer will constitute the sole remedy available to a trust for any uncured breach. The master servicer’s purchase or substitution and reimbursement obligations will be contractual obligations that a trust may enforce, but the breach of those obligations will not constitute an event of default under the related indenture.

 

Servicing Compensation

 

The compensation to be paid to the master servicer for the performance of its duties under a master servicing agreement with a trust will be set forth in the related prospectus supplement.

 

Matters Regarding the Master Servicer

 

Each master servicing agreement will provide that the master servicer may not resign from its obligations and duties as master servicer thereunder, except upon determination that the master servicer’s performance of the duties is no longer permissible under applicable law. No resignation will become effective until the related indenture trustee or a successor master servicer has assumed the master servicer’s servicing obligations and duties under the master servicing agreement, provided that the indenture trustee has received confirmation from each rating agency then rating any of the notes outstanding under the related indenture that its rating(s) of those notes will not be reduced or withdrawn as a result of such assumption of the master servicer’s obligations and duties.

 

Each master servicing agreement will further provide that neither the master servicer nor any of its directors, officers, employees or agents will be under any liability to the related trust or its noteholders for taking any action or for refraining from taking any action pursuant to the master servicing agreement, or for errors in judgment; provided, however, that neither the master servicer nor any other person will be protected against any liability that would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of the master servicer’s duties thereunder or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties thereunder. In addition, each master servicing agreement will provide that the master servicer is under no obligation to appear in, prosecute, or defend any legal action that is not incidental to its servicing responsibilities under the master servicing agreement and that, in its opinion, may cause it to incur any expense or liability. Each master servicing agreement will, however, provide that the master servicer may undertake any reasonable action that it deems necessary or desirable in respect of the master servicing agreement and the interests of the noteholders of the related trust.

 

Under the circumstances that will be specified in each master servicing agreement, any entity into which the master servicer may be merged or consolidated, or any entity resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the master servicer is a party, or any entity succeeding to the business of the master servicer, which corporation or other entity in each of the foregoing cases assumes the obligations of the master servicer, will be the successor of the master servicer under the master servicing agreement.

 

Master Servicer Default

 

Under each master servicing agreement, a servicer default will consist of:

 

    any failure by the master servicer to deliver to the related indenture trustee any payment required under the master servicing agreement, which failure continues unremedied for 3 business days after written notice of such failure is received by the master servicer from the related eligible lender trustee, the related indenture trustee or the administrator or after discovery of such failure by an officer of the master servicer; or

 

   

any breach of a representation or warranty of the master servicer contained in the master servicing agreement or failure by the master servicer to observe or to perform in any material respect any term, covenant or agreement set forth in the master servicing agreement, which breach or failure shall

 

33


Table of Contents
 

(i) materially and adversely affect the rights of the noteholders of the related trust or any related derivative product counterparties and (ii) continue unremedied for a period of 60 days after the date of discovery of such failure by an officer of the master servicer or on which written notice of such breach or failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given (A) to the master servicer, by the related indenture trustee, the related eligible lender trustee or the administrator, or (B) to the master servicer, the related indenture trustee and the related eligible lender trustee by holders of 25% or more of the notes of the related trust; or

 

    the occurrence of an event of bankruptcy involving the master servicer; or

 

    any failure by the master servicer to comply with any requirements under the Higher Education Act resulting in a loss of its eligibility as a third-party servicer.

 

Under each master servicing agreement, any failure of the master servicer to service a related student loan in accordance with the Higher Education Act, so long as the master servicer is in compliance with its obligations under the master servicing agreement to purchase any adversely affected student loans and to pay to the related trust the amount of any program payments lost as a result of the master servicer’s actions, will not constitute a servicer default.

 

Rights Upon Master Servicer Default

 

Under each master servicing agreement, as long as a servicer default remains unremedied, the related indenture trustee or holders of not less than 25% of the outstanding notes of the related trust, by notice then given in writing to the master servicer (and to the related indenture trustee and eligible lender trustee if given by the noteholders of the related trust) will have the right to terminate all the rights and obligations of the master servicer. Only the related indenture trustee or the noteholders of the related trust, and not the related eligible lender trustee, will have the ability to remove the master servicer if a default occurs while the notes of the related trust are outstanding. Following a termination, a successor master servicer appointed by the related indenture trustee or the indenture trustee itself will succeed to all the responsibilities, duties and liabilities of the master servicer under the master servicing agreement and will be entitled to similar compensation arrangements, provided that the indenture trustee has received confirmation from each rating agency then rating any of the outstanding notes of the related trust that its rating(s) of those notes will not be reduced or withdrawn as a result of the appointment of such successor master servicer.

 

The predecessor master servicer shall cooperate with the successor master servicer and the related indenture trustee and eligible lender trustee in effecting the termination of the responsibilities and rights of the master servicer under the master servicing agreement, including the transfer to the successor master servicer for administration by it of all cash amounts held by the master servicer for deposit at the time of transfer. All reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with transferring the related student loans to the successor master servicer shall be paid by the predecessor master servicer upon presentation of reasonable documentation of such costs and expenses.

 

If the related indenture trustee is unwilling or unable to act, it may appoint, or petition a court for the appointment of, a successor whose regular business includes the servicing of student loans; provided, however, that the indenture trustee shall act as master servicer until such successor has been appointed. If, however, a bankruptcy trustee or similar official has been appointed for the master servicer, and no servicer default other than that appointment has occurred, the trustee may have the power to prevent the indenture trustee or the noteholders of the related trust from effecting the transfer.

 

Waiver of Past Defaults

 

Each master servicing agreement will provide that the holders of a majority of the outstanding notes of the related trust, in the case of any servicer default that does not adversely affect the related indenture trustee or noteholders, may, on behalf of all related noteholders, waive any default by the master servicer, except a default

 

34


Table of Contents

in making any required deposits to or payments from any of the related trust accounts in accordance with the master servicing agreement. Upon any such waiver of a past default, such default shall cease to exist, and any servicer default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been remedied for every purpose of the master servicing agreement. No waiver will impair the noteholders’ rights as to subsequent defaults.

 

Any trust may designate another master servicer with respect to its student loans. Any master servicer, other than Education Lending Services, Inc., may be appointed only if each rating agency then rating any of the outstanding notes of that trust provides written confirmation that the appointment of the new master servicer will not adversely affect its rating(s) of those notes.

 

Administration of the Student Loans

 

Each trust will enter into an administration agreement with Education Lending Services, Inc., as administrator. Under each administration agreement, the administrator will agree to provide various notices and to perform other administrative obligations required by the related indenture, trust agreement and transfer and sale agreement. Those services will include:

 

    confirming that the related indenture trustee has made the required distributions from the related trust accounts on each monthly servicing payment date and each distribution date;

 

    causing FFELP loans to be held by an eligible lender under the Higher Education Act at all times that such FFELP loans are a part of the related trust estate;

 

    preparing, based on periodic data received from the master servicer, and providing annual statements to the related eligible lender trustee and indenture trustee and any related federal income tax reporting information; and

 

    providing the notices and performing other administrative obligations required by the related indenture, trust agreement and transfer and sale agreement.

 

The compensation to be provided to the administrator for the performance of its duties under each administration agreement will be set forth in the related prospectus supplement.

 

Under each administration agreement, Education Lending Services, Inc. will have the right to assign its obligations and duties as administrator to an affiliate if each rating agency then rating any of the outstanding notes of the related trust confirms that the assignment will not result in a downgrading or a withdrawal of its rating(s) of those notes. No resignation will become effective until a successor administrator has assumed the duties of Education Lending Services, Inc. under the administration agreement.

 

Administrator Default

 

Under each administration agreement, an administrator default will consist of:

 

    any failure by the administrator to direct the related indenture trustee to make any required distributions from any of the related trust accounts on any monthly servicing payment date on any distribution date, if the failure continues for 5 business days after notice or discovery; or

 

    any failure by the administrator to observe or perform in any material respect any other term, covenant or agreement in the administration agreement or a related agreement that materially and adversely affects the rights of noteholders of the related trust and continues for 60 days after written notice of the failure is given to the administrator; or

 

    the occurrence of an event of bankruptcy involving the administrator; or

 

    any representation or warranty made by the administrator in the administration agreement or a related agreement, shall prove to be untrue or incomplete in any material respect.

 

35


Table of Contents

Rights Upon Administrator Default

 

Under each administration agreement, so long as any administrator default remains unremedied, the related indenture trustee or holders of not less than 25% of the outstanding notes of the related trust will have the right to terminate all the rights and obligations of the administrator. Following the termination of the administrator, a successor administrator appointed by the related indenture trustee or the indenture trustee itself will succeed to all the responsibilities, duties and liabilities of the administrator under the administration agreement.

 

The predecessor administrator shall cooperate with the successor administrator and the related indenture trustee and eligible lender trustee in effecting the termination of the responsibilities and rights of the predecessor administrator under the administration agreement. All reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with such transfer of responsibilities shall be paid by the predecessor administrator upon presentation of reasonable documentation of such costs and expenses. The successor administrator will be entitled to similar compensation arrangements.

 

If the related indenture trustee is unwilling or unable to act, it may appoint, or petition a court for the appointment of, a successor whose regular business includes the servicing or administration of student loans. The indenture trustee may make arrangements for compensation to be paid to a successor administrator, which cannot be greater than the compensation to the predecessor administrator unless each rating agency then rating any of the outstanding notes of the related trust confirms that the payment of that compensation will not result in its rating(s) of those notes being reduced or withdrawn.

 

Evidence as to Compliance

 

Each administration agreement will provide that an independent public accountant will furnish to the related trust, eligible lender trustee, and indenture trustee and to any related derivative product counterparties an annual report attesting to the administrator’s compliance with the terms of the administration agreement. The independent public accountant will base this report on its examination of various documents and records and on accounting and auditing procedures considered appropriate under the circumstances.

 

Each administration agreement will require the administrator to deliver to the related trust, eligible lender trustee, and indenture trustee and to any related derivative product counterparties concurrently with each compliance report, a certificate signed by an officer of the administrator stating that, to the officer’s knowledge, the administrator has fulfilled its obligations under the administration agreement. If there has been a material default the officer’s certificate will describe the default. The administrator will agree to give the related indenture trustee and eligible lender trustee notice of administrator defaults under the administration agreement.

 

You will be able to obtain copies of those reports and certificates by a request in writing to the indenture trustee specified in the related prospectus supplement.

 

Waiver of Past Defaults

 

Under each administration agreement, the holders of a majority of the outstanding notes of the related trust, in the case of any administrator default that does not adversely affect the related indenture trustee or noteholders, will have the right to, on behalf of all noteholders of the related trust, waive any default by the administrator. Upon any such waiver of a past default, such default shall cease to exist, and any administrator default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been remedied for every purpose of the administration agreement. No waiver will impair the noteholders’ rights as to subsequent defaults.

 

36


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE FEDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOAN PROGRAM

 

The Higher Education Act provides for several different types of educational loans (collectively, “Federal Family Education Loans” or “FFELP Loans” and, the program with respect thereto, the “Federal Family Education Loan Program”). Under these programs, state agencies or private nonprofit corporations administering student loan insurance programs (“guarantee agencies” or “guarantors”) are reimbursed for losses sustained in the operation of their programs, and holders of certain loans made under such programs are paid subsidies for owning such loans. Certain provisions of the Federal Family Education Loan Program are summarized below.

 

The Higher Education Act currently authorizes certain student loans to be covered under the Federal Family Education Loan Program. The Higher Education Act is subject to comprehensive reauthorization every 6 years and to frequent statutory and regulatory changes. The most recent reauthorization was the Higher Education Amendments of 1998. The 1998 Amendments extended the authorization for the Federal Family Education Loan Program through September 30, 2003, with an automatic one year extension until September 30, 2004 under the General Educations Provisions Act. The 108th Congress has begun to schedule hearings on reauthorization of the Higher Education Act and the Department of Education has begun work on, and is currently soliciting comments and recommendations from interested parties on, proposals for amendments to the Higher Education Act.

 

The provisions of the Higher Education Act may not be continued in their present form and may be substantially amended through reauthorization. Both the Higher Education Act and the related regulations have been the subject of extensive amendments in recent years. There can be no assurance that the Higher Education Act or other relevant federal or state laws and regulations will not be amended or modified in the future in a manner that will adversely affect the student loans authorized under the Federal Family Education Loan Program.

 

Generally, a student is eligible for loans made under the Federal Family Education Loan Program only if he or she:

 

    has been accepted for enrollment or is enrolled in good standing at an eligible institution of higher education;

 

    is carrying or planning to carry at least one-half the normal full-time workload for the course of study the student is pursuing as determined by the institution;

 

    has agreed to promptly notify the holder of the loan of any address change; and

 

    meets the applicable “needs” requirements.

 

Eligible institutions include higher educational institutions and vocational schools that comply with specific federal regulations. Each loan is to be evidenced by an unsecured note.

 

The Higher Education Act also establishes maximum interest rates for each of the various types of loans. Those rates vary not only among loan types, but also within loan types depending upon when the loan was made or when the borrower first obtained a loan under the Federal Family Education Loan Program. The Higher Education Act allows lesser rates of interest to be charged.

 

Types of Loans

 

Four types of loans are currently available under the Federal Family Education Loan Program:

 

    Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans,

 

    Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans,

 

    Federal PLUS Loans, and

 

    Federal Consolidation Loans.

 

37


Table of Contents

Those loan types vary as to eligibility requirements, interest rates, repayment periods, loan limits and eligibility for interest subsidies and special allowance payments. Some of those loan types have had other names in the past. References to those various loan types include, where appropriate, their predecessors.

 

The primary loan under the Federal Family Education Loan Program is the Subsidized Federal Stafford Loan. Students who are not eligible for Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans based on their economic circumstances may be able to obtain Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans. Parents of students may be able to obtain Federal PLUS Loans. Federal Consolidation Loans are available to borrowers with existing loans made under the Federal Family Education Loan Program and other federal programs to consolidate repayment of the borrower’s existing loans. Prior to July 1, 1994, the Federal Family Education Loan Program also offered Federal Supplemental Loans for Students (“Federal SLS Loans”) to graduate and professional students and independent undergraduate students and, under certain circumstances, dependent undergraduate students, to supplement their Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans.

 

Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans

 

General.    Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans are eligible for reinsurance under the Higher Education Act if the eligible student to whom the loan is made has been accepted or is enrolled in good standing at an eligible institution of higher education or vocational school and is carrying at least one-half the normal full-time workload at that institution. Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans have limits as to the maximum amount that may be borrowed for an academic year and in the aggregate for both undergraduate and graduate/professional study.

 

Both aggregate limitations exclude loans made under the Federal SLS and Federal PLUS Programs. The Secretary of Education has discretion to raise those limits to accommodate students undertaking specialized training requiring exceptionally high costs of education.

 

Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans are generally made only to student borrowers who meet the needs tests provided in the Higher Education Act. Provisions addressing the implementation of needs analysis and the relationship between unmet need for financing and the availability of Subsidized Federal Stafford Loan Program funding have been the subject of frequent and extensive amendment in recent years. Further amendment to such provisions may materially affect the availability of Subsidized Stafford Loan funding to borrowers or the availability of Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans for secondary market acquisition.

 

Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans made to new borrowers bear interest for any period of enrollment beginning before July 1, 1994 as indicated in the following table (the term “T-Bill Rate” means the bond equivalent rate of 91-day Treasury bills auctioned at the final auction prior to June 1 of each year):

 

Date of Beginning of Period of Enrollment


  

Interest Rate


On or after January 1, 1981 through September 12, 1983

   9% per annum

On or after September 13, 1983 through June 30, 1988

   8% per annum

On or after July 1, 1988 through September 30, 1992

   T-Bill Rate plus 3.25% per annum(1)

On or after October 1, 1992 through June 30, 1994

   T-Bill Rate plus 3.10% per annum(2)

(1)   These loans originally bore interest at the rate of 8% per annum from disbursement through four years after repayment begins and 10% per annum thereafter. However, the Higher Education Technical Amendments of 1993 required that loans with an interest rate of 10% be converted to the current variable rate by January 1, 1995. The Higher Education Technical Amendments of 1993 also required that loans made to borrowers with outstanding balances on or after July 23, 1992 bearing interest at a rate greater than the T-Bill Rate plus 3.1% be converted to the T-Bill Rate plus 3.1%. The maximum interest rate on these loans is equal to the fixed interest rate applicable prior to the conversion.
(2)   Maximum rate of 9% per annum.

 

38


Table of Contents

Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans made to borrowers who have outstanding balances on any FFELP loans bear interest at the same rate as their outstanding loans. Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans for borrowers with outstanding loans for periods of enrollment that began prior to January 1, 1981 who borrow for periods of enrollment beginning on or after January 1, 1981 bear interest at a rate of 7% per annum. Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans for borrowers with outstanding FFELP loans who borrow on or after July 23, 1992 bear interest at a rate equal to the 91-day T-Bill Rate plus 3.10% per annum, with a maximum rate equal to the rate on the borrower’s fixed rate loans.

 

Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans first disbursed to all borrowers on or after July 1, 1994 bear interest as indicated in the following table:

 

First Disbursement

Date


  

Interest Rate


  

In-school, Grace

and Deferment

Period Rate


  

Maximum Interest Rate


On or after July 1, 1994

though June 30, 1995

   T-Bill Rate plus 3.10% per annum    N/A    8.25% per annum

On or after July 1, 1995

though June 30, 1998

   T-Bill Rate plus 3.10% per annum    T-Bill Rate plus 2.5% per annum    8.25% per annum

On or after July 1, 1998

though June 30, 2006

   T-Bill Rate plus 2.3% per annum    T-Bill Rate plus 1.7% per annum    8.25% per annum

On or after July 1, 2006

   6.8%    N/A    N/A

 

Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans

 

General.    The Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan Program was created by Congress in 1992 for students who do not qualify for Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans due to parental and/or student income and assets in excess of permitted amounts. Those students are entitled to borrow the difference between the Stafford Loan maximum and their Subsidized Federal Stafford Loan eligibility through the Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan program. The general requirements for Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans are essentially the same as those for Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans. The interest rate and the special allowance payment provisions of the Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans are the same as the Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans. However, the terms of the Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans differ materially from Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans in that the federal government will not make interest subsidy payments and the loan limitations are determined without respect to the expected family contribution. The borrower will be required to either pay interest from the time the loan is disbursed or capitalize the interest until repayment begins. Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans were not available before October 1, 1992. A student meeting the general eligibility requirements for a loan under the Federal Family Education Loan Program is eligible for an Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan without regard to need.

 

Federal Plus Loans

 

General.    Federal PLUS Loans are made only to borrowers who are parents and, under certain circumstances, spouses of remarried parents, of dependent undergraduate students. For Federal PLUS Loans made on or after July 1, 1993, the parent borrower must not have an adverse credit history as determined pursuant to criteria established by the Department of Education. The basic provisions applicable to Federal PLUS Loans are similar to those of Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans with respect to the involvement of guarantee agencies and the Secretary of Education in providing federal reinsurance on the loans.

 

However, Federal PLUS Loans differ significantly from Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans, particularly because federal interest subsidy payments are not available under the Federal PLUS Loan program and special allowance payments are more restricted.

 

39


Table of Contents

Interest Rates For Federal PLUS Loans.    The applicable interest rate depends upon the date of issuance of the loan and the period of enrollment for which the loan is to apply. The applicable interest rate on a Federal PLUS Loan:

 

    made on or after October 1, 1981, but before July 1, 1987, is 12% or 14% per annum;

 

    made on or after July 1, 1987, but before October 1, 1992 shall be adjusted annually, and for any 12-month period beginning on July 1 shall be equal to the bond equivalent rate of 52-week U.S. Treasury bills auctioned at the final auction prior to the preceding June 1, plus 3.25% per annum (but not to exceed 12% per annum);

 

    made on or after October 1, 1992, but before July 1, 1994, shall be adjusted annually, and for any 12-month period beginning on July 1 shall be equal to the bond equivalent rate of 52-week U.S. Treasury bills auctioned at the final auction prior to the preceding June 1, plus 3.1% per annum (but not to exceed 10% per annum);

 

    made on or after July 1, 1994, but before July 1, 1998, is the same as that for a loan made on or after October 1, 1992, but before July 1, 1994, except that such rate shall not exceed 9% per annum;

 

    made on or after July 1, 1998, but before July 1, 2006, shall be adjusted annually, and for any 12-month period beginning on July 1 shall be equal to the bond equivalent rate of 91-day U.S. Treasury bills auctioned at the final auction prior to the preceding June 1, plus 3.1% per annum (but not to exceed 9% per annum); or

 

    made on or after July 1, 2006, the applicable rate under current law will be 7.9%. Rates effective on Federal PLUS Loans are subject to change by action of the United States Congress.

 

For any 12-month period beginning on July 1, 2001 or any succeeding year, the weekly average 1-year constant maturity Treasury yield, as published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, for the last calendar week before such June 26, will be substituted for the 52-week Treasury bill as the index for interest rate calculations.

 

Federal SLS Loans

 

General.    Federal SLS Loans were limited to graduate or professional students, independent undergraduate students, and dependent undergraduate students, if the students’ parents were unable to obtain a Federal PLUS Loan and were also unable to provide the students’ expected family contribution. Except for dependent undergraduate students, eligibility for Federal SLS Loans was determined without regard to need. Federal SLS Loans are similar to Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans with respect to the involvement of guarantee agencies and the Secretary of Education in providing federal reinsurance on the loans. However, Federal SLS Loans differ significantly from Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans, particularly because federal interest subsidy payments are not available under the Federal SLS Loan program and special allowance payments are more restricted.

 

Interest Rates For Federal SLS Loans.    The applicable interest rates on Federal SLS Loans made prior to October 1, 1992 are identical to the applicable interest rates on Federal PLUS Loans made at the same time. For Federal SLS Loans made on or after October 1, 1992, the applicable interest rate is the same as the applicable interest rate on Federal PLUS Loans, except that the ceiling is 11% per annum instead of 10% per annum.

 

Federal Consolidation Loans

 

General.    The Higher Education Act authorizes a program under which borrowers may be eligible to consolidate their various student loans into a single loan that is insured and reinsured on a basis similar to Federal Stafford Loans and PLUS loans. Federal Consolidation Loans may be obtained in an amount sufficient to pay outstanding principal, unpaid interest, collection costs and late charges on various individual student loans. Loans that can be consolidated include the Federal Family Education Loan Program Loans, Perkins Loans, Health

 

40


Table of Contents

Professional Student Loan Programs, Nursing Student Loans and Health Education Assistance Loans. To be eligible for a Consolidation Loan, a borrower must:

 

    have outstanding indebtedness on student loans made under the Federal Family Education Loan Program and/or certain other federal student loan programs, and

 

    be in repayment status or in a grace period, or

 

    be a defaulted borrower who has made arrangements to repay any defaulted loan satisfactory to the holder of the defaulted loan.

 

A married couple who agree to be jointly liable on a Federal Consolidation Loan, for which the application is received on or after January 1, 1993, may be treated as an individual for purposes of obtaining a Consolidation Loan. For Federal Consolidation Loans disbursed prior to July 1, 1994 the borrower was required to have outstanding student loan indebtedness of at least $7,500. Prior to the adoption of the Higher Education Technical Amendments Act of 1993, Federal PLUS Loans could not be included in the Consolidation Loan. For Federal Consolidation Loans for which the applications were received prior to January 1, 1993, the minimum student loan indebtedness was $5,000 and the borrower could not be delinquent more than 90 days in the payment of such indebtedness. For applications received on or after January 1, 1993, borrowers may add additional loans to a Federal Consolidation Loan during the 180-day period following the origination of the Federal Consolidation Loan.

 

Interest Rates For Federal Consolidation Loans.    A Federal Consolidation Loan made prior to July 1, 1994 bears interest at a rate equal to the weighted average of the interest rates on the loans retired, rounded to the nearest whole percent, but not less than 9% per annum. Except as described in the next sentence, a Federal Consolidation Loan made on or after July 1, 1994 bears interest at a rate equal to the weighted average of the interest rates on the loans retired, rounded upward to the nearest whole percent, but with no minimum rate. For a Federal Consolidation Loan for which the application is received by an eligible lender on or after November 13, 1997 and before October 1, 1998, the interest rate shall be adjusted annually, and for any twelve-month period commencing on a July 1 shall be equal to the bond equivalent rate of 91-day U.S. Treasury bills auctioned at the final auction prior to the preceding June 1, plus 3.1% per annum, but not to exceed 8.25% per annum. Notwithstanding those general interest rates, the portion, if any, of a Federal Consolidation Loan that repaid a loan made under title VII, Sections 700-721 of the Public Health Services Act, as amended, has a different variable interest rate. Such portion is adjusted on July 1 of each year, but is the sum of the average of the T-Bill Rates auctioned for the quarter ending on the preceding June 30, plus 3.0%, without any cap on the interest rate. Federal Consolidation Loans made on or after October 1, 1998 will bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the lesser of 8.25% or the weighted average of the interest rates on the loans being consolidated, rounded to the nearest higher 1/8th of 1%. For a discussion of required payments that reduce the return on Federal Consolidation Loans, see “—Fees—Rebate Fees on Federal Consolidation Loans”.

 

Maximum Loan Amounts

 

Each type of loan is subject to limits on the maximum principal amount, both with respect to a given year and in the aggregate. Federal Consolidation Loans are limited only by the amount of eligible loans to be consolidated. All of the loans are limited to the difference between the cost of attendance and the other aid available to the student. Federal Stafford Loans are also subject to limits based upon needs analysis. Additional limits are described below.

 

Loan Limits For Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans and Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans.    A student who has not successfully completed the first year of a program of undergraduate education may borrow up to $2,625 of Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans in an academic year. A student who has successfully completed the first year, but who has not successfully completed the second year may borrow up to $3,500 of Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans per academic year. An undergraduate student who has successfully completed the first and second year, but who has not successfully completed the remainder of a program of undergraduate education,

 

41


Table of Contents

may borrow up to $5,500 of Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans per academic year. A graduate or professional student may borrow up to $8,500 of Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans in an academic year. The maximum aggregate amount of Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans which an undergraduate student may have outstanding is $23,000. The maximum aggregate amount for a graduate and professional student, including loans for undergraduate education, is $65,500. In addition to Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans, independent undergraduate students, graduate and professional students, and certain dependent undergraduate students are eligible to receive Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans in amounts in excess of the amounts borrowed using Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans. A student who has not successfully completed the second year of a program of undergraduate education may borrow up to $4,000 of Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans in an academic year. Those undergraduate students who have successfully completed the second year of their program may borrow up to $5,000 Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans in an academic year. Graduate and professionals may borrow up to $10,000 Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans in an academic year. The maximum amount of Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans, Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans and Federal SLS Loans an undergraduate student may have outstanding is $46,000. The maximum amount of Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans, Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans and Federal SLS Loans a graduate student may have outstanding, including undergraduate loans, is $138,500. For students enrolled in programs of less than an academic year in length, the limits for both Subsidized and Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans are generally reduced in proportion to the amount by which the programs are less than one year in length. The Secretary of Education is authorized to increase the limits applicable to graduate and professional students who are pursuing programs that the Secretary of Education determines to be exceptionally expensive.

 

For Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans disbursed prior to July 1, 1993, an undergraduate student who had not successfully completed the first and second year of a program of undergraduate education could borrow Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans in amounts up to $2,625 in an academic year. An undergraduate student who had successfully completed the first and second year, but who had not successfully completed the remainder of a program of undergraduate education could borrow up to $4,000 per academic year. The maximum for graduate and professional students was $7,500 per academic year. The maximum aggregate amount of Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans that a borrower could have outstanding was $17,250. The maximum aggregate amount for a graduate or professional student, including loans for undergraduate education, was $54,750. Prior to the 1986 changes, the annual limits were generally lower.

 

Loan Limits For Federal PLUS Loans.    For Federal PLUS Loans made on or after July 1, 1993, the amounts of Federal PLUS Loans are limited only by the student’s unmet need. Prior to that time Federal PLUS Loans were subject to limits similar to those of Federal SLS Loans applied with respect to each student on behalf of whom the parent borrowed.

 

Loan Limits For Federal SLS Loans.    Prior to 1993, Federal SLS Loans could be obtained by undergraduate, graduate and professional students to finance their education. A student who had not successfully completed the first and second year of a program of undergraduate education could borrow a Federal SLS Loan in an amount of up to $4,000. A student who had successfully completed the first and second year, but who had not successfully completed the remainder of a program of undergraduate education could borrow up to $5,000 per year. Graduate and professional students could borrow up to $10,000 per year. Federal SLS Loans were subject to an aggregate maximum of $23,000 ($73,000 for graduate and professional students). Prior to the 1992 changes, Federal SLS Loans were available in amounts of $4,000 per academic year, up to a $20,000 aggregate maximum. Prior to the 1986 changes, a graduate or professional student could borrow $5,000 of Federal SLS Loans per academic year, up to a $25,000 maximum, and an independent undergraduate student could borrow $2,500 of Federal SLS Loans per academic year minus the amount of all other Federal Family Education Loan Program loans to such student for such academic year, up to the maximum amount of all Federal Family Education Loan Program loans to that student of $12,500. In 1989, the amount of Federal SLS Loans for students enrolled in programs of less than an academic year in length were limited in a manner similar to the limits described above under “—Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans” and “—Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans”.

 

42


Table of Contents

Disbursement Requirements

 

The Higher Education Act now requires that virtually all Federal Stafford Loans and Federal PLUS Loans be disbursed by eligible lenders in at least two separate installments. The proceeds of a loan made to any undergraduate first-year student borrowing for the first time under the program must be delivered to the student no earlier than 30 days after the enrollment period begins. However, a school is exempt from the 30 day delayed delivery requirement for first-year students if the institution’s cohort default rate is less than 10% for the three most recent fiscal years. For all other students, disbursement must not occur more than 30 days prior to the beginning of the period of enrollment for which the loan is made.

 

Repayment

 

Repayment Periods.    Loans made under the Federal Family Education Loan Program, other than Federal Consolidation Loans, must provide for repayment of principal in periodic installments over a period of not less than five nor more than ten years. After the 1998 Amendments, lenders are required to offer extended repayment schedules to new borrowers who accumulate outstanding Federal Family Education Loan Program loans of more than $30,000, in which case the repayment period may extend up to 25 years subject to certain minimum repayment amounts. A Federal Consolidation Loan must be repaid during a period agreed to by the borrower and lender, subject to maximum repayment periods that vary depending upon the principal amount of the borrower’s outstanding student loans, but may not be longer than 30 years. For Federal Consolidation Loans for which the application was received prior to January 1, 1993, the repayment period could not exceed 25 years. Repayment of principal of a Stafford Loan does not commence while a student remains a qualified student, but generally begins upon expiration of the applicable grace period. Grace periods may be waived by borrowers. For Federal Stafford Loans for which the applicable rate of interest is 7% per annum, the repayment period commences not more than twelve months after the borrower ceases to pursue at least a half-time course of study. For other Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans and Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans, the repayment period commences not more than six months after the borrower ceases to pursue at least a half-time course of study. The six month or twelve month periods are the “grace periods”.

 

In the case of Federal SLS, PLUS and Consolidation Loans, the repayment period commences on the date of final disbursement of the loan, except that the borrower of an Federal SLS Loan who also has a Stafford Loan may defer repayment of the Federal SLS Loan to coincide with the commencement of repayment of the Subsidized Federal Stafford Loan or Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan. During periods in which repayment of principal is required, payments of principal and interest must in general be made at a rate the lesser of $600 per year or the balance of all outstanding loans (with interest that accrues during the year), except that a borrower and lender may agree to a lesser rate at any time before or during the repayment period. A borrower may agree, with concurrence of the lender, to repay the loan in less than five years with the right subsequently to extend his minimum repayment period to five years. Borrowers may accelerate, without penalty, the repayment of all or any part of the loan.

 

Each student loan provides for amortization of its outstanding principal balance over a series of regular payments. In most cases, the payment amount does not change over the life of the loan, although graduated and income-sensitive payment schedules are also available to borrowers. Typically, each regular payment consists of an installment of interest that is calculated on the basis of the outstanding principal balance of the student loan multiplied by the applicable interest rate and further multiplied by the period elapsed (as a fraction of a calendar year) since the preceding payment of interest was made. As payments are received in respect of the student loan, the amount received is applied first to interest accrued to the date of payment and the balance is applied to reduce the unpaid principal balance. Accordingly, if a borrower pays a regular installment before its scheduled due date, the portion of the payment allocable to interest for the period since the preceding payment was made will be less than it would have been had the payment been made as scheduled, and the portion of the payment applied to reduce the unpaid principal balance will be correspondingly greater. Conversely, if a borrower pays a monthly installment after its scheduled due date, the portion of the payment allocable to interest for the period since the

 

43


Table of Contents

preceding payment was made will be greater than it would have been had the payment been made as scheduled, and the portion of the payment applied to reduce the unpaid principal balance will be correspondingly less. In either case, subject to any applicable deferral periods or forbearance periods, the borrower pays a regular installment until the final scheduled distribution date, at which time the amount of the final installment is increased or decreased as necessary to repay the then outstanding principal balance of the student loan.

 

Income Sensitive Repayment Schedules.    Since 1992, lenders of Federal Consolidation Loans have been required to establish graduated or income-sensitive repayment schedules and lenders of Stafford and Federal SLS Loans have been required to offer borrowers the option of repaying in accordance with graduated or income-sensitive repayment schedules. The issuer may implement graduated repayment schedules and income-sensitive repayment schedules. Use of income-sensitive repayment schedules may extend the ten-year maximum term for up to five years. In addition, if the repayment schedule on a loan that has been converted to a variable interest rate does not provide for adjustments to the amount of the monthly installment payments, the ten-year maximum term may be extended for up to three years.

 

Deferment Periods.    No principal repayments need be made during certain periods of deferment prescribed by the Higher Education Act. For loans to a borrower who first obtained a loan that was disbursed before July 1, 1993, deferments are available:

 

    during a period not exceeding three years while the borrower is a member of the Armed Forces, an officer in the Commissioned Corps of the Public Health Service or, with respect to a borrower who first obtained a student loan disbursed on or after July 1, 1987, or a student loan to cover the cost of instruction for a period of enrollment beginning on or after July 1, 1987, an active duty member of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Corps;

 

    during a period not in excess of three years while the borrower is a volunteer under the Peace Corps Act;

 

    during a period not in excess of three years while the borrower is a full-time volunteer under the Domestic Volunteer Act of 1973;

 

    during a period not exceeding three years while the borrower is in service, comparable to the service described above as a full-time volunteer for an organization that is exempt from taxation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Code;

 

    during a period not exceeding two years while the borrower is serving an internship necessary to receive professional recognition required to begin professional practice or service, or a qualified internship or residency program;

 

    during a period not exceeding three years while the borrower is temporarily totally disabled, as established by sworn affidavit of a qualified physician, or while the borrower is unable to secure employment by reason of the care required by a dependent who is so disabled;

 

    during a period not to exceed twenty-four months while the borrower is seeking and unable to find full-time employment;

 

    during any period that the borrower is pursuing a full-time course of study at an eligible institution (or, with respect to a borrower who first obtained a student loan disbursed on or after July 1, 1987, or a student loan to cover the cost of instruction for a period of enrollment beginning on or after July 1, 1987, is pursuing at least a half-time course of study for which the borrower has obtained a loan under the Federal Family Education Loan Program), or is pursuing a course of study pursuant to a graduate fellowship program or a rehabilitation training program for disabled individuals approved by the Secretary of Education;

 

    during a period, not in excess of 6 months, while the borrower is on parental leave; and

 

   

only with respect to a borrower who first obtained a student loan disbursed on or after July 1, 1987, or a student loan to cover the cost of instruction for a period of enrollment beginning on or after July 1, 1987, during a period not in excess of three years while the borrower is a full-time teacher in a public or

 

44


Table of Contents
 

nonprofit private elementary or secondary school in a “teacher shortage area” (as prescribed by the Secretary of Education), and during a period not in excess of 12 months for mothers, with preschool age children, who are entering or re-entering the work force and who are compensated at a rate not exceeding $1 per hour in excess of the federal minimum wage.

 

For loans to a borrower who first obtains a loan on or after July 1, 1993, deferments are available:

 

    during any period that the borrower is pursuing at least a half-time course of study at an eligible institution or a course of study pursuant to a graduate fellowship program or rehabilitation training program approved by the Secretary of Education;

 

    during a period not exceeding three years while the borrower is seeking and unable to find full-time employment; and

 

    during a period not in excess of three years for any reason that the lender determines, in accordance with regulations under the Higher Education Act, has caused or will cause the borrower economic hardship. Economic hardship includes working full time and earning an amount not in excess of the greater of the minimum wage or the poverty line for a family of two. Additional categories of economic hardship are based on the relationship between a borrower’s educational debt burden and his or her income.

 

Prior to the 1992 changes, only certain of the deferment periods described above were available to Federal PLUS Loan borrowers, and only certain deferment periods were available to Federal Consolidation Loan borrowers. Prior to the 1986 changes, Federal PLUS Loan borrowers were not entitled to certain deferment periods. Deferment periods extend the maximum term.

 

Forbearance Period.    The Higher Education Act also provides for periods of forbearance during which the borrower, in case of temporary financial hardship, may defer any payments. A borrower is entitled to forbearance for a period not to exceed three years while the borrower’s debt burden under Title IV of the Higher Education Act (which includes the Federal Family Education Loan Program) equals or exceeds 20% of the borrower’s gross income or while the borrower is a member of the Armed Forces eligible to have interest payments made on his or her behalf. A borrower is also entitled to forbearance while he or she is serving in a qualifying medical or dental internship program or in a “national service position” under the National and Community Service Trust Act of 1993. In addition, mandatory administrative forbearances are provided in exceptional circumstances such as a local or national emergency or military mobilization, or when the geographical area in which the borrower or endorser resides has been designated a disaster area by the President of the United States or Mexico, the Prime Minister of Canada, or by the governor of a state. In other circumstances, forbearance is at the lender’s option. Forbearance also extends the ten year maximum term.

 

Interest Payments During Grace, Deferment and Forbearance Periods.    The Secretary of Education makes interest payments on behalf of the borrower of certain eligible loans while the borrower is in school and during grace and deferment periods. Interest that accrues during forbearance periods and, if the loan is not eligible for interest subsidy payments, while the borrower is in school and during the grace and deferment periods, may be paid monthly or quarterly or capitalized not more frequently than quarterly.

 

Fees

 

Guarantee Fee.    A guarantee agency is authorized to charge a premium, or guarantee fee, of up to 1% of the principal amount of the loan, which must be deducted proportionately from each installment payment of the proceeds of the loan to the borrower. Guarantee fees may not currently be charged to borrowers of Federal Consolidation Loans. However, borrowers may be charged an insurance fee to cover the costs of increased or extended liability with respect to Federal Consolidation Loans. For loans made prior to July 1, 1994, the maximum guarantee fee was 3% of the principal amount of the loan, but no such guarantee fee was authorized to be charged with respect to Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans.

 

45


Table of Contents

Origination Fee.    An eligible lender is authorized to charge the borrower of a Subsidized Federal Stafford Loan or an Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan an origination fee in an amount not to exceed 3% of the principal amount of the loan, and is required to charge the borrower of a Federal PLUS Loan an origination fee in the amount of 3% of the principal amount of the loan. Those fees must be deducted proportionately from each installment payment of the loan proceeds prior to payment to the borrower. Those fees are not retained by the lender, but must be passed on to the Secretary of Education.

 

Lender Origination Fee.    The lender of any loan under the Federal Family Education Loan Program made on or after October 1, 1993 is required to pay to the Secretary of Education a fee equal to 0.5% of the principal amount of such loan.

 

Rebate Fee on Federal Consolidation Loans.    The holder of any Federal Consolidation Loan made on or after October 1, 1993 through September 30, 1998 and on or after February 1, 1999 is required to pay to the Secretary of Education a monthly fee equal to 0.0875% (1.05% per annum) of the principal amount of, and accrued interest on the Federal Consolidation Loan. For loans made pursuant to applications received on or after October 1, 1998, and on or before January 31, 1999 the fee on consolidation loans of 1.05% is reduced to 0.62%.

 

Interest Subsidy Payments

 

Interest subsidy payments are interest payments paid with respect to an eligible loan before the time that the loan enters repayment and during grace and deferment periods. The Secretary of Education and the guarantee agencies enter into interest subsidy agreements whereby the Secretary of Education agrees to pay interest subsidy payments to the holders of eligible guaranteed loans for the benefit of students meeting certain requirements, subject to the holders’ compliance with all requirements of the Higher Education Act. Only Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans and Federal Consolidation Loans for which the application was received on or after January 1, 1993, are eligible for interest subsidy payments. Federal Consolidation Loans made after August 10, 1993 are eligible for interest subsidy payments only if all loans consolidated thereby are Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans, except that Federal Consolidation Loans for which the application is received by an eligible lender on or after November 13, 1997 are eligible for interest subsidy payments on that portion of the Federal Consolidation Loan that repays Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans or similar subsidized loans made under the direct loan program.

 

In addition, to be eligible for interest subsidy payments, guaranteed loans must be made by an eligible lender under the applicable guarantee agency’s guarantee program, and must meet requirements prescribed by the rules and regulations promulgated under the Higher Education Act.

 

The Secretary of Education makes interest subsidy payments quarterly on behalf of the borrower to the holder of a guaranteed loan in a total amount equal to the interest that accrues on the unpaid principal amount prior to the commencement of the repayment period of the loan or during any deferment period. A borrower may elect to forego interest subsidy payments, in which case the borrower is required to make interest payments.

 

Special Allowance Payments

 

The Higher Education Act provides for special allowance payments to be made by the Secretary of Education to eligible holders of qualifying loans. The rates for special allowance payments are based on formulas that differ according to the type of loan, the date the loan was originally made or insured and the type of funds used to finance the loan (taxable or tax-exempt).

 

46


Table of Contents

Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans and Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans.    The effective formulas for special allowance payment rates for Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans and Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans are summarized in the following chart. The T-Bill Rate mentioned in the chart refers to the average of the bond equivalent yield of the 91-day Treasury bills auctioned during the preceding quarter.

 

Date of Loans


 

Annualized SAP Rate


On or after October 1, 1981

  T-Bill Rate less Applicable Interest Rate + 3.5%(1)

On or after November 16, 1986

  T-Bill Rate less Applicable Interest Rate + 3.25%

On or after October 1, 1992

  T-Bill Rate less Applicable Interest Rate + 3.1%

On or after July 1, 1995

  T-Bill Rate less Applicable Interest Rate + 3.1%(2)

On or after July 1, 1998

  T-Bill Rate less Applicable Interest Rate + 2.8%(3)

On or after January 1, 2000

  3-Month Commercial Paper Rate less Applicable Interest Rate + 2.34%(4)

(1)   Substitute 3.25% in this formula for Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans disbursed on or after October 17, 1986 for periods of enrollment beginning on or after November 16, 1986.
(2)   Substitute 2.5% in this formula while such loans are in the in-school, deferral, or grace period.
(3)   Substitute 2.2% in this formula while such loans are in-school, during the grace period, and during any deferment periods. Substitute 3.1% for Federal PLUS Loans and Federal Consolidation Loans.
(4)   Substitute 1.74% in this formula while such loans are in-school, during the grace period, and during any deferment periods. Substitute 2.64% for Federal PLUS Loans and Federal Consolidation Loans.

 

The effective formulas for special allowance payment rates for Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans and Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans differ depending on whether loans to borrowers were acquired or originated with the proceeds of tax-exempt obligations. There are minimum special allowance payment rates for Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans and Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans acquired with proceeds of tax-exempt obligations, which rates effectively ensure an overall minimum return of 9.5% on such loans. However, loans acquired with the proceeds of tax-exempt obligations originally issued after September 30, 1993 are not assured of a minimum special allowance payment.

 

Federal PLUS, Federal SLS Loans and Consolidation Loans.    Special Allowance Payments are made with respect to Consolidation Loans for which the application is received on or after October 1, 1998 and prior to January 1, 2000 only if the T-Bill Rate plus 3.1% exceeds the applicable interest rate on the loan. Special Allowance Payments are made with respect to Consolidation Loans for which the application is received on or after January 1, 2000 only if the 3 Month financial Commercial Paper Rate plus 2.64% exceeds the applicable interest rate on the loan. The portion, if any, of a Federal Consolidation Loan that repaid a loan made under Title VII, Sections 700-721 of the Public Health Services Act, as amended, is ineligible for special allowance payments. Special Allowance Payments are paid with respect to Federal SLS Loans and Federal PLUS Loans made on or after July 1, 1987 and prior to October 1, 1992 only if the interest rate that would otherwise apply (notwithstanding any applicable interest rate caps) exceeds 12% per annum. Special Allowance Payments are paid with respect to Federal SLS Loans made on or after October 1, 1992 but prior to July 1, 1994, only if the interest rate that would otherwise apply (notwithstanding any applicable interest rate caps) exceeds 11% per annum. Special Allowance Payments are paid with respect to Federal PLUS Loans made on or after October 1, 1992 only if the interest rate that would otherwise apply (notwithstanding any applicable interest rate caps) exceeds 10% per annum. Special Allowance Payments are made with respect to Federal PLUS Loans made on or after July 1, 1998 and prior to July 1, 2006 only if the interest rate that would otherwise apply (notwithstanding any applicable interest rate cap) exceeds 9% per annum. Special Allowance Payments are paid with respect to Federal PLUS Loans made on or after July 1, 2006 only if the 3 Month financial Commercial Paper Rate plus 2.64% exceeds 9% per annum.

 

The Higher Education Act provides that if special allowance payments or interest subsidy payments have not been made within 30 days after the Secretary of Education receives an accurate, timely and complete request therefor, the special allowance payable to such holder shall be increased by an amount equal to the daily interest accruing on the special allowance and interest subsidy payments due the holder.

 

47


Table of Contents

Special allowance payments and interest subsidy payments are reduced by the amount that the lender is authorized or required to charge as an origination fee. In addition, the amount of the lender origination fee is collected by offset to special allowance payments and interest subsidy payments.

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE GUARANTEE AGENCIES

 

General

 

Each FFELP loan is required to be guaranteed as to principal and interest by one of the guarantee agencies described below and reinsured by the United States Department of Education under the Higher Education Act and must be eligible for special allowance payments and, in the case of some FFELP loans, interest subsidy payments by the United States Department of Education. The following discussion relates to guarantee agencies under the Federal Family Education Loan Program.

 

A guarantee agency guarantees loans made to students or parents of students by lending institutions such as banks, credit unions, savings and loan associations, certain schools, pension funds and insurance companies. A guarantee agency generally purchases defaulted student loans that it has guaranteed with its reserve fund. A lender may submit a default claim to the guarantee agency after the student loan has been delinquent for at least 270 days. The default claim package must include all information and documentation required under the Federal Family Education Loan Program regulations and the guarantee agency’s policies and procedures.

 

Guarantee agencies have two separate funds, a federal reserve fund and an agency operating fund. In general, a guarantee agency’s federal reserve fund has been funded principally by administrative cost allowances and other payments made by the Secretary of Education, guarantee fees paid by borrowers, investment income on money in the reserve fund, and a portion of the money collected from borrowers on guaranteed loans that has been retained by the guarantee agency.

 

Various changes to the Higher Education Act and practices of guarantee agencies have adversely affected the receipt of revenues by the guarantee agencies and their ability to maintain their reserve funds at previous levels, and may adversely affect their ability to meet their guarantee obligations. The changes and practices include:

 

    the reduction in reinsurance payments from the Secretary of Education because of reduced reimbursement percentages on new loans;

 

    the reduction in maximum permitted guarantee fees from 3% to 1% for loans made on or after July 1, 1994, and the widespread practice among guarantee agencies of charging no fee or less than the maximum authorized fee;

 

    the replacement of the administrative cost allowance with a student loan processing and issuance fee equal to 65 basis points (40 basis points for loans made on or after October 1, 1993) paid at the time a loan is guaranteed, and an account maintenance fee of 12 basis points (10 basis points for fiscal years 2001-2003) paid annually on outstanding guaranteed student loans;

 

    the repeal of statutory authority for the payment of fees for supplemental preclaims assistance by the Secretary of Education; and

 

    the reduction in permissible retention by a guarantee agency of collections on defaulted loans from 27% to 24% (23% beginning on October 1, 2003).

 

Additionally, the adequacy of a guarantee agency’s reserve fund to meet its guarantee obligations with respect to existing student loans depends, in significant part, on its ability to collect revenues generated by new loan guarantees. The Federal Direct Student Loan Program discussed below may adversely affect the volume of new loan guarantees. Future legislation may make additional changes to the Higher Education Act that would significantly affect the revenues received by guarantee agencies and the structure of the guarantee agency program.

 

48


Table of Contents

The Higher Education Act gives the Secretary of Education various oversight powers over guarantee agencies. Those powers include requiring a guarantee agency to maintain its reserve fund at a certain required level and taking various actions relating to a guarantee agency if its administrative and financial condition jeopardizes its ability to meet its obligations. Those actions include, among others, providing advances to the guarantee agency, terminating the guarantee agency’s federal reimbursement contracts, assuming responsibility for all functions of the guarantee agency, and transferring the guarantee agency’s guarantees to another guarantee agency or assuming such guarantees. The Higher Education Act provides that a guarantee agency’s reserve fund shall be considered to be the property of the United States to be used in the operation of the Federal Family Education Loan Program or the Federal Direct Student Loan Program, and, under certain circumstances, the Secretary of Education may demand payment of amounts in the reserve fund.

 

The 1998 Amendments mandate the recall of guarantee agency reserve funds by the Secretary of Education amounting to $85 million in fiscal year 2002, $82.5 million in fiscal year 2006, and $82.5 million in fiscal year 2007. However, certain minimum reserve levels are protected from recall, and under the 1998 Amendments, guarantee agency reserve funds were restructured to provide guarantee agencies with additional flexibility in choosing how to spend certain funds they receive. The new recall of reserves for guarantee agencies increases the risk that resources available to guarantee agencies to meet their guarantee obligation will be significantly reduced. Relevant federal laws, including the Higher Education Act, may be further changed in a manner that may adversely affect the ability of a guarantee agency to meet its guarantee obligations.

 

Under the Higher Education Act, if the Department of Education has determined that a guarantee agency is unable to meet its insurance obligations, the holders of loans guaranteed by such guarantee agency must submit claims directly to the Department of Education, and the Department of Education is required to pay the full guarantee payment due with respect thereto in accordance with guarantee claims processing standards no more stringent than those applied by the guarantee agency.

 

There are no assurances as to the Secretary of Education’s actions if a guarantee agency encounters administrative or financial difficulties or that the Secretary of Education will not demand that a guarantee agency transfer additional portions or all of its reserve fund to the Secretary of Education.

 

Federal Agreements

 

General.    A guarantee agency’s right to receive federal reimbursements for various guarantee claims paid by such guarantee agency is governed by the Higher Education Act and various contracts entered into between guarantees agencies and the Secretary of Education. Each guarantee agency and the Secretary of Education have entered into federal reimbursement contracts pursuant to the Higher Education Act, which provide for the guarantee agency to receive reimbursement of a percentage of insurance payments that the guarantee agency makes to eligible lenders with respect to loans guaranteed by the guarantee agency prior to the termination of the federal reimbursement contracts or the expiration of the authority of the Higher Education Act. The federal reimbursement contracts provide for termination under certain circumstances and also provide for certain actions short of termination by the Secretary of Education to protect the federal interest.

 

In addition to guarantee benefits, qualified student loans acquired under the Federal Family Education Loan Program benefit from certain federal subsidies. Each guarantee agency and the Secretary of Education have entered into an Interest Subsidy Agreement under the Higher Education Act that entitles the holders of eligible loans guaranteed by the guarantee agency to receive interest subsidy payments from the Secretary of Education on behalf of certain students while the student is in school, during a six to twelve month grace period after the student leaves school, and during certain deferment periods, subject to the holders’ compliance with all requirements of the Higher Education Act.

 

United States Courts of Appeals have held that the federal government, through subsequent legislation, has the right unilaterally to amend the contracts between the Secretary of Education and the guarantee agencies described herein. Amendments to the Higher Education Act in 1986, 1987, 1992, 1993, and 1998, respectively:

 

    abrogated certain rights of guarantee agencies under contracts with the Secretary of Education relating to the repayment of certain advances from the Secretary of Education,

 

49


Table of Contents
    authorized the Secretary of Education to withhold reimbursement payments otherwise due to certain guarantee agencies until specified amounts of such guarantee agencies’ reserves had been eliminated,

 

    added new reserve level requirements for guarantee agencies and authorized the Secretary of Education to terminate the Federal Reimbursement Contracts under circumstances that did not previously warrant such termination,

 

    expanded the Secretary of Education’s authority to terminate such contracts and to seize guarantee agencies’ reserves, and

 

    mandated the additional recall of guarantee agency reserve funds.

 

Federal Insurance and Reimbursement of Guarantee Agencies

 

Effect of Annual Claims Rate.    With respect to loans made prior to October 1, 1993, the Secretary of Education currently agrees to reimburse the guarantee agency for up to 100% of the amounts paid on claims made by lenders, as discussed in the formula described below, so long as the eligible lender has properly originated and serviced such loan. The amount of reimbursement is lower for loans originated after October 1, 1993, as described below. Depending on the claims rate experience of a guarantee agency, such reimbursement may be reduced as discussed in the formula described below. The Secretary of Education also agrees to repay 100% of the unpaid principal plus applicable accrued interest expended by a guarantee agency in discharging its guarantee obligation as a result of the bankruptcy, death, or total and permanent disability of a borrower, or in the case of a Federal PLUS Loan, the death of the student on behalf of whom the loan was borrowed, or in certain circumstances, as a result of school closures, which reimbursements are not to be included in the calculations of the guarantee agency’s claims rate experience for the purpose of federal reimbursement under the Federal Reimbursement Contracts.

 

The formula used for loans initially disbursed prior to October 1, 1993 is summarized below:

 

Claims Rate


 

Federal Payment


0% up to and including 5%

  100%

Greater than 5% up to and including 9%

 

100% of claims up to and including 5%;

90% of claims over 5%

Greater than 9%

 

100% of claims up to and including 5%;

90% of claims over 5%, up to and including 9%;

80% of claims 9% and over

 

The claims experience is not accumulated from year to year, but is determined solely on the basis of claims in any one federal fiscal year compared with the original principal amount of loans in repayment at the beginning of that year.

 

The 1993 Amendments reduce the reimbursement amounts described above, effective for loans initially disbursed on or after October 1, 1993 as follows: 100% reimbursement is reduced to 98%, 90% reimbursement is reduced to 88%, and 80% reimbursement is reduced to 78%, subject to certain limited exceptions. The 1998 Amendments further reduce the federal reimbursement amounts from 98% to 95%, 88% to 85%, and 78% to 75% respectively, for student loans first disbursed on or after October 1, 1998.

 

The reduced reinsurance for guarantee agencies increases the risk that resources available to guarantee agencies to meet their guarantee obligation will be significantly reduced.

 

Reimbursement.    The original principal amount of loans guaranteed by a guarantee agency that are in repayment for purposes of computing reimbursement payments to a guarantee agency means the original principal amount of all loans guaranteed by a guarantee agency less:

 

    the original principal amount of such loans that have been fully repaid or on which a guarantee payment has been made, and

 

50


Table of Contents
    the original amount of such loans for which the first principal installment payment has not become due.

 

Guarantee agencies with default rates below 5% are required to pay the Secretary of Education annual fees equivalent to 0.51% of new loans guaranteed, while all other such agencies must pay a 0.5% fee. The Secretary of Education may withhold reimbursement payments if a guarantee agency makes a material misrepresentation or fails to comply with the terms of its agreements with the Secretary of Education or applicable federal law.

 

Under the guarantee agreements, if a payment on a Federal Family Education Loan guaranteed by a guarantee agency is received after reimbursement by the Secretary of Education, the guarantee agency is entitled to receive an equitable share of the payment.

 

Any originator of any student loan guaranteed by a guarantee agency is required to discount from the proceeds of the loan at the time of disbursement, and pay to the guarantee agency, an insurance premium that may not exceed that permitted under the Higher Education Act.

 

Under present practice, after the Secretary of Education reimburses a guarantee agency for a default claim paid on a guaranteed loan, the guarantee agency continues to seek repayment from the borrower. The guarantee agency returns to the Secretary of Education payments that it receives from a borrower after deducting and retaining: a percentage amount equal to the complement of the reimbursement percentage in effect at the time the loan was reimbursed, and an amount equal to 24% of such payments (23% beginning October 1, 2003, or 18.5% in the case of a payment from the proceeds of a consolidation loan) for certain administrative costs. The Secretary of Education may, however, require the assignment to the Secretary of Education of defaulted guaranteed loans, in which event no further collections activity need be undertaken by the guarantee agency, and no amount of any recoveries shall be paid to the guarantee agency.

 

A guarantee agency may enter into an addendum to its Interest Subsidy Agreement that allows the guarantee agency to refer to the Secretary of Education certain defaulted guaranteed loans. Such loans are then reported to the IRS to “offset” any tax refunds that may be due any defaulted borrower. To the extent that the guarantee agency has originally received less than 100% reimbursement from the Secretary of Education with respect to such a referred loan, the guarantee agency will not recover any amounts subsequently collected by the federal government that are attributable to that portion of the defaulted loan for which the guarantee agency has not been reimbursed.

 

Rehabilitation of Defaulted Loans.    Under the Higher Education Act, the Secretary of Education is authorized to enter into an agreement with each guarantee agency pursuant to which the guarantee agency shall sell defaulted loans that are eligible for rehabilitation to an eligible lender. The guarantee agency shall repay the Secretary of Education an amount equal to 81.5% of the then current principal balance of such loan, multiplied by the reimbursement percentage in effect at the time the loan was reimbursed. The amount of such repayment shall be deducted from the amount of federal reimbursement payments for the fiscal year in which such repayment occurs, for purposes of determining the reimbursement rate for that fiscal year.

 

For a loan to be eligible for rehabilitation, the guarantee agency must have received consecutive payments for 12 months of amounts owed on such loan. Upon rehabilitation, a loan is eligible for all the benefits under the Higher Education Act for which it would have been eligible had no default occurred (except that a borrower’s loan may be rehabilitated only once).

 

Eligibility for Federal Reimbursement.    To be eligible for federal reimbursement payments, guaranteed loans must be made and administered by an eligible lender under the applicable guarantee agency’s guarantee program, which must meet requirements prescribed by the rules and regulations promulgated under the Higher Education Act, including the borrower eligibility, loan amount, disbursement, interest rate, repayment period and guarantee fee provisions described herein and the other requirements set forth in the Higher Education Act.

 

51


Table of Contents

Prior to the 1998 Amendments, a Federal Family Education Loan was considered in to be in default for purposes of the Higher Education Act when the borrower failed to make an installment payment when due, or to comply with the other terms of the loan, and if the failure persists for 180 days in the case of a loan repayable in monthly installments or for 240 days in the case of a loan repayable in less frequent installments. Under the 1998 Amendments, the delinquency period required for a student loan to be declared in default is increased from 180 days to 270 days for loans payable in monthly installments on which the first day of delinquency occurs on or after the date of enactment of the 1998 Amendments and from 240 days to 330 days for a loan payable less frequently than monthly on which the delinquency occurs after the date of enactment of the 1998 Amendments.

 

The guarantee agency must pay the lender for the defaulted loan prior to submitting a claim to the Secretary of Education for reimbursement. The guarantee agency must submit a reimbursement claim to the Secretary of Education within 45 days after it has paid the lender’s default claim. As a prerequisite to entitlement to payment on the guarantee by the guarantee agency, and in turn payment of reimbursement by the Secretary of Education, the lender must have exercised reasonable care and diligence in making, servicing and collecting the guaranteed loan. Generally, those procedures require:

 

    that completed loan applications be processed;

 

    a determination of whether an applicant is an eligible borrower attending an eligible institution under the Higher Education Act be made;

 

    the borrower’s rights and responsibilities under the loan be explained to him or her;

 

    the promissory note evidencing the loan be executed by the borrower; and

 

    that the loan proceeds be disbursed by the lender in a specified manner.

 

After the loan is made, the lender must diligently attempt to contact the borrower to establish repayment terms with the borrower, properly administer deferments and forbearances and credit the borrower for payments made. If a borrower becomes delinquent in repaying a loan, a lender must perform certain collection procedures, primarily telephone calls, demand letters, skiptracing procedures and requesting assistance from the applicable guarantee agency, that vary depending upon the length of time a loan is delinquent.

 

Direct Loans

 

The 1993 Amendments authorized a program of “direct loans”, to be originated by schools with funds provided by the Secretary of Education. Under the direct loan program, the Secretary of Education is directed to enter into agreements with schools, or origination agents acting on behalf of schools, to disburse loans with funds provided by the Secretary of Education. Participation in the program by schools is voluntary.

 

The loan terms are generally the same under the direct loan program as under the Federal Family Education Loan Program, though more flexible repayment provisions are available under the direct loan program. At the discretion of the Secretary of Education, students attending schools that participate in the direct loan program (and their parents) may still be eligible for participation in the Federal Family Education Loan Program, though no borrower could obtain loans under both programs for the same period of enrollment.

 

It is difficult to predict the impact of the direct lending program. There is no way to accurately predict the number of schools that will participate in future years, or, if the Secretary of Education authorizes students attending participating schools to continue to be eligible for Federal Family Education Loan Program loans, how many students will seek loans under the direct loan program instead of the Federal Family Education Loan Program. In addition, it is impossible to predict whether future legislation will eliminate, limit or expand the direct loan program or the Federal Family Education Loan Program.

 

52


Table of Contents

Guarantee Agencies for the Student Loans

 

The FFELP loans acquired by each trust will be guaranteed by one or more guarantee agencies identified in the related prospectus supplement.

 

Under the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, if the United States Department of Education has determined that a guarantee agency is unable to meet its insurance obligations, a loan holder may submit claims directly to the United States Department of Education and the United States Department of Education is required to pay the full guarantee payment in accordance with guarantee claim processing standards no more stringent than those of the guarantee agency. We cannot assure you that the United States Department of Education would ever make such a determination with respect to a guarantee agency or, if such a determination was made, whether that determination or the ultimate payment of guarantee claims would be made in a timely manner. See “DESCRIPTION OF THE FEDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOAN PROGRAM” in this prospectus.

 

Each guarantee agency’s guarantee obligations with respect to any student loan is conditioned upon the satisfaction of all the conditions in the applicable guarantee agreement. Those conditions include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    the origination and servicing of the student loan being performed in accordance with the Federal Family Education Loan Program, the Higher Education Act, the guarantee agency’s rules and other applicable requirements;

 

    the timely payment to the guarantee agency of the guarantee fee payable on the student loan; and

 

    the timely submission to the guarantee agency of all required pre-claim delinquency status notifications and of the claim on the student loan.

 

Failure to comply with any of the applicable conditions, including those listed above, may result in the refusal of the guarantee agency to honor its guarantee agreement on the student loan, in the denial of guarantee coverage for certain accrued interest amounts, and/ or in the loss of certain interest subsidy payments and special allowance payments.

 

53


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE INDENTURE

 

The notes of each trust will be issued under an indenture of trust among the trust, the related indenture trustee and the related eligible lender trustee. On the closing date, the trust will pledge the student loans and other money received from the net proceeds of the notes to the indenture trustee under the indenture.

 

The following is a summary of some of the provisions that will be contained in each indenture. This summary is not comprehensive and reference should be made to the indenture governing the issuance of your notes for a full and complete statement of its provisions.

 

All references to actions by noteholders refer to actions taken by The Depository Trust Company on instructions from its participating organizations and all references to distributions, notices, reports and statements to noteholders refer to distributions, notices, reports and statements to The Depository Trust Company or its nominee, as the registered holder of the notes, for distribution to noteholders under The Depository Trust Company’s procedures. See “DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTESBook-entry Registration”.

 

Parity and Priority of Lien

 

The provisions of each indenture generally will be for the equal benefit, protection and security of the holders of all of the notes issued thereunder. However, the Class A notes issued under each indenture will have priority over the Class B notes issued thereunder with respect to payments of principal and interest.

 

Sale of Student Loans Held in Trust Estate

 

The student loans held in the trust estate of any trust may be sold or otherwise disposed of by the related indenture trustee free from the lien of the related indenture upon the receipt of confirmation from each rating agency then rating any of the outstanding notes of the trust that its rating(s) of those notes will not be reduced or withdrawn as a result of the sale of such student loans, subject to any further limitations specified in the related prospectus supplement.

 

If the parity percentage or the senior parity percentage will not fall below the required parity percentage or the required senior parity percentage, respectively, the student loans held in the trust estate of any trust may be sold or otherwise disposed of by the related indenture trustee without rating agency confirmation for (i) administrative reasons, (ii) sales to guaranty agencies, and (iii) required sales to subservicers.

 

Optional Purchase of Student Loans

 

The master servicer or another entity specified in the related prospectus supplement, at its option, may purchase or arrange for the purchase of all remaining student loans held in a trust estate as of the end of any collection period if the pool balance of those student loans is equal to 10% or less of the initial pool balance, as defined in the related prospectus supplement. The purchase price will equal the amount required to prepay in full, including all accrued interest, all remaining student loans held in that trust estate as of the end of the preceding collection period; provided, however, that the purchase price shall not be less than the minimum purchase amount or the fair market value as specified in the related prospectus supplement. The purchase price will be used to retire the notes issued by the related trust.

 

Auction of Trust Assets

 

Each indenture will provide that the indenture trustee will offer for sale all remaining student loans held in the related trust estate at the end of the collection period when the pool balance of those student loans is equal to 10% or less of the initial pool balance of those student loans. The depositor and its affiliates may offer bids to purchase the student loans; however, the depositor or any of its affiliates may not submit a bid representing greater than the fair market value of the student loans.

 

54


Table of Contents

Priority of Lien

 

The revenues and other money, student loans and other assets pledged under each indenture will be owned by the related trust free and clear of any pledge, lien, charge or encumbrance, except as otherwise expressly provided in the indenture. Except as otherwise provided in the related indenture, each trust:

 

    will not create or voluntarily permit to be created any debt, lien or charge on the student loans held in the related trust estate that would be on a parity with, subordinate to, or prior to the lien of the related indenture;

 

    will not take any action or fail to take any action that would result in the lien of the related indenture or the priority of that lien for the obligations thereby secured being lost or impaired; and

 

    will pay or cause to be paid, or will make adequate provisions for the satisfaction and discharge, of all lawful claims and demands that if unpaid might by law be given precedence to or any equality with the related indenture as a lien or charge upon the student loans held in the related trust estate.

 

Derivative Products and Derivative Payments

 

Each trust may be authorized under the related indenture to enter into a derivative product, defined to mean a written contract under which the trust will become obligated to pay to a counterparty on specified payment dates certain amounts in exchange for the counterparty’s obligation to make payments to the trust on specified payment dates in specified amounts. A trust’s obligation to make payments in connection with a derivative product may be secured by a pledge of and lien on the related trust estate. No trust will enter into a derivative product unless the related indenture trustee has received confirmation from each rating agency then rating any of the outstanding notes of that trust that the derivative product will not adversely affect its rating(s) of those notes.

 

Representations and Warranties of the Issuer

 

Each trust will represent and warrant in the related indenture that:

 

    it is duly authorized under the laws of the State of Delaware to issue its notes and to execute and deliver the related indenture and any derivative product, and to pledge collateral under the indenture to the payment of its notes and any derivative payments required to be paid by the trust;

 

    all necessary action for the creation and issuance of its notes and the execution and delivery of the related indenture and any derivative product has been duly and effectively taken; and

 

    its notes in the hands of the noteholders and any derivative product are and will be valid and enforceable special limited obligations of the trust secured by and payable solely from the related trust estate.

 

Further Covenants

 

Each trust will covenant to file financing statements and continuation statements in any jurisdiction necessary to perfect and maintain the security interest granted by the trust under the indenture.

 

Each indenture will provide that upon written request of the related indenture trustee, the related trust will permit the indenture trustee or its agents, accountants and attorneys, to examine and inspect the property, books of account, records, reports and other data relating to the student loans held in the related trust estate, and will furnish the indenture trustee such other information as it may reasonably request. The indenture trustee shall be under no duty to make any examination unless requested in writing to do so by the holders of not less than a majority of the principal amount of the notes outstanding under the related indenture, and unless those noteholders have offered the indenture trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred in making any examination.

 

55


Table of Contents

Each trust will covenant to cause an annual audit to be made by an independent auditing firm of national reputation and file one copy of the audit with the related indenture trustee and each rating agency rating any of the notes issued by that trust within 150 days of the close of each fiscal year. The indenture trustee shall not be obligated to review or otherwise analyze those audits.

 

Each trust will covenant to at all times cause the FFELP loans held in the related trust estate to be held by an eligible lender under the Higher Education Act.

 

Each trust will covenant in the related indenture to provide or cause to be provided each month to the related indenture trustee for the indenture trustee to forward to The Depository Trust Company as the registered owner of the notes issued by the trust, a statement setting forth information with respect to its notes and the student loans held in the related trust estate as of the end of the preceding month, including the following:

 

    the amount of principal payments made with respect to each series of notes during the preceding month;

 

    the amount of interest payments made with respect to each series of notes during the preceding month;

 

    the principal balance of student loans as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding month;

 

    the pool balance of student loans as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding month;

 

    the pool factor for each series of notes as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding month;

 

    the aggregate outstanding principal amount of each series of notes;

 

    the interest rate for each series of notes with respect to each interest payment;

 

    the number and principal amount of student loans that are delinquent or for which claims have been filed with a guarantee agency; and

 

    the aggregate value of the trust estate and the outstanding principal amount of notes as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding month.

 

A copy of those reports may be obtained by any noteholder by a written request to the indenture trustee specified in the related prospectus supplement.

 

Under each indenture, the related indenture trustee will agree to report to noteholders of the related trust the release, or release and substitution of property subject to the indenture within 90 days of the release, unless the fair value of the property is less than 10% of the principal amount of notes outstanding under that indenture and also will agree to report the character and amount of advances made as indenture trustee, remaining unpaid, the aggregate of which exceeds one-half of 1% of the principal amount of notes outstanding under that indenture.

 

Under each indenture, by written request to the related indenture trustee, three or more noteholders of the related trust will have the right to obtain access to the list of all holders of notes under that indenture for the purpose of communicating with other noteholders with respect to their rights under the indenture or the notes, if reasonable proof is supplied that each of the requestors has owned a note for at least six months. The indenture trustee may elect not to afford the requesting noteholders access to the list of noteholders if it agrees to mail the desired communication or proxy, on behalf and at the expense of the requesting noteholders, to all noteholders of the related trust.

 

Enforcement of Servicing Agreement

 

Each trust will diligently enforce all terms, covenants and conditions of the servicing agreement, including the prompt payment of all amounts due from the master servicer under the servicing agreement. No trust will permit the release of the obligations of the master servicer under the related servicing agreement except in conjunction with permitted amendments or modifications and no trust will waive any default by the master

 

56


Table of Contents

servicer under the related servicing agreement without the written consent of the related indenture trustee. No trust will consent or agree to or permit any amendment or modification of the related servicing agreement that will in any manner materially adversely affect the rights or security of the noteholders of that trust.

 

Additional Covenants With Respect to the Higher Education Act

 

Each trust will verify that the related indenture trustee is, or replace the indenture trustee with, an eligible lender under the Higher Education Act, and will acquire or cause to be acquired student loans only from an eligible lender.

 

Each trust will be responsible, directly or through the master servicer, for each of the following actions with respect to the Higher Education Act:

 

    Dealing with the Secretary of Education with respect to the rights, benefits and obligations under the certificates of insurance and the contract of insurance, and dealing with the guarantee agencies with respect to the rights, benefits and obligations under the guarantee agreements with respect to the student loans held in the related trust estate;

 

    Diligently enforcing, and taking all reasonable steps necessary or appropriate for the enforcement of all terms, covenants and conditions of all student loans held in the related trust estate and agreements in connection with the student loans, including the prompt payment of all principal and interest payments and all other amounts due under those student loans;

 

    Causing the student loans held in the related trust estate to be serviced by entering into a servicing agreement with the master servicer for the collection of payments made for, and the administration of the accounts of, those student loans;

 

    Complying with, and causing all of its officers, directors, employees and agents to comply, with the provisions of the Higher Education Act and any regulations or rulings under the Higher Education Act, with respect to the student loans held in the related trust estate; and

 

    Causing the benefits of the guarantee agreements, the interest subsidy payments and the special allowance payments to flow to the related indenture trustee.

 

Continued Existence; Successor

 

Each trust will preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights and franchises as a Delaware statutory trust. No trust will sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets, consolidate with or merge into any corporation or other entity, or permit one or more other corporations or entities to consolidate with or merge with it. Those restrictions do not apply to a transfer of student loans that is made in connection with a discharge of the related indenture or to a transaction where the transferee or the surviving or resulting corporation or entity, if other than the related trust, by proper written instrument for the benefit of the related indenture trustee, irrevocably and unconditionally assumes the obligation to perform and observe the agreements and obligations of the trust under the indenture and each rating agency then rating any of the outstanding notes of the trust confirms in writing that the transaction will not result in a downgrade of its rating(s) of those notes.

 

Events of Default

 

Under each indenture, each of the following events will be defined as an event of default:

 

    default in the due and punctual payment of the principal of or interest on any of the Class A notes issued thereunder when due;

 

    if no Class A notes are outstanding under the indenture, default in the due and punctual payment of the principal of or interest on any of the Class B notes issued thereunder when due;

 

57


Table of Contents
    default by the related trust in the performance or observance of any other of the covenants, agreements or conditions contained in the indenture or in the notes issued thereunder, and continuation of such default for a period of 90 days after written notice thereof by the related indenture trustee to the trust; and

 

    the occurrence of an event of bankruptcy with respect to the related trust.

 

If auction rate notes are issued by the trust, failure to pay carryover amounts or interest on carryover amounts shall not constitute an event of default under any indenture.

 

Additional events of default may be added to an indenture by any supplemental indenture.

 

Remedies on Default

 

Possession of Trust Estate.    Upon the happening of any event of default under an indenture, the related indenture trustee will have the right to take possession of any portion of the related trust estate that may be in the custody of others, and all property comprising the trust estate, and will have the right to hold, use, operate, manage and control those assets. The indenture trustee also will have the right, in the name of the related trust or otherwise, to conduct the business of the trust and collect and receive all charges, income and revenues of the related trust estate. After deducting all expenses incurred and all other proper outlays authorized in the related indenture, and all payments that may be made as just and reasonable compensation for its own services, and for the services of its attorneys, agents, and assistants (and any other amounts due and owing, including amounts due and owing to the owner trustee), the indenture trustee will apply the rest of the money received by the indenture trustee as follows:

 

If the principal of none of the obligations under the indenture shall have become due,

 

    first, to the payment of the interest in default on Class A notes outstanding under the indenture and to the payment of all derivative payments and certain derivative termination payments set forth in the indenture payable on a parity with the Class A notes then due, in order of the maturity of the interest or derivative payment installments, with interest on the overdue installments, which payments will be made ratably to the parties entitled to the payments without discrimination or preference, and

 

    second, to the payment of the interest in default on Class B notes outstanding under the indenture and to the payment of all derivative payments and certain derivative termination payments set forth in the indenture payable on a parity with the Class B notes then due, in order of the maturity of the interest or derivative payment installments, with interest on the overdue installments, which payments will be made ratably to the parties entitled to the payments without discrimination or preference;

 

    third, to the payment of the interest in default on any borrowings and to the payment of all derivative payments and certain derivative termination payments set forth in the indenture payable on a parity with any borrowings, if any, then due, in order of the maturity of the interest or derivative payment installments, with interest on the overdue installments, which payments will be made ratably to the parties entitled to the payments without discrimination or preference;

 

    fourth, if auction rate notes are issued by the trust, to the payment of interest accrued on the carryover amounts of the Class A auction rate notes, the carryover amounts of the Class A auction rate notes, to pay interest accrued on the carryover amounts of the Class B auction rate notes, and the carryover amounts of the Class B auction rate notes, in that order of priority;

 

    fifth, (only if the parity percentage would be at least 100.5% and the senior parity percentage would be at least 103.0% upon the application of such payment or there are no Class A notes and Class B notes outstanding under the indenture) to pay all other derivative termination payments payable on a parity with the Class A notes then due and not previously paid;

 

58


Table of Contents
    sixth, (only if the parity percentage would be at least 100.5% and the senior parity percentage would be at least 103.0% upon the application of such payment or there are no Class A notes and Class B notes outstanding under the indenture) to pay all other derivative termination payments payable on a parity with the Class B notes then due and not previously paid; and

 

    seventh, (only if the parity percentage would be at least 100.5% and the senior parity percentage would be at least 103.0% upon the application of such payment or there are no Class A notes and Class B notes outstanding under the indenture) to pay all other derivative termination payments payable on a parity with any borrowings then due and not previously paid;

 

provided, however, if any amount due and payable as described in clauses fifth, sixth and seventh above is not paid as a result of the required parity percentage or senior parity percentage not being present, the due and payable amount shall continue to be due and payable at such time as the required parity percentage and senior parity percentage can be attained.

 

If the principal of any of the obligations under the indenture shall have become due following the occurrence of an event of default and a declaration of acceleration under the indenture or otherwise,

 

    first, to the payment of the interest in default on Class A notes outstanding under the indenture and all derivative payments and certain derivative termination payments set forth in the indenture payable on a parity with the Class A notes then due, in the order of the maturity of the interest or derivative payment installments, with interest on overdue installments,

 

    second, to the payment of the principal of all Class A notes outstanding under the indenture then due and all derivative payments and certain derivative termination payments set forth in the indenture payable on a parity with the Class A notes, which payments will be made ratably to the parties entitled to the payments without discrimination or preference,

 

    third, to the payment of the interest in default on Class B notes outstanding under the indenture and all derivative payments and certain derivative termination payments set forth in the indenture payable on a parity with the Class B notes then due, in the order of the maturity of the interest or derivative payment installments, with interest on overdue installments,

 

    fourth, to the payment of the principal of all Class B notes outstanding under the indenture then due and all derivative payments and certain derivative termination payments set forth in the indenture payable on a parity with the Class B notes, which payments will be made ratably to the parties entitled to the payments without discrimination or preference,

 

    fifth, to the payment of the interest in default on any borrowings and all company derivative payments and certain derivative termination payments set forth in the indenture payable on a parity with such borrowings then due, in the order of the maturity of the interest or derivative payment installments, with interest on overdue installments,

 

    sixth, to the payment of the principal of all borrowings then due and any derivative payments and certain derivative termination payments set forth in the indenture payable on a parity with any borrowings, which payments will be made ratably to the parties entitled to the payments without discrimination or preference;

 

    seventh, if auction rate notes are issued by the trust, to the payment of interest accrued on the carryover amounts of the Class A auction rate notes, the carryover amounts of the Class A auction rate notes, to pay interest accrued on the carryover amounts of the Class B auction rate notes, and the carryover amounts of the Class B auction rate notes, in that order of priority;

 

    eighth, to the payment of all other derivative termination payments payable on a parity with the Class A notes then due and not previously paid;

 

59


Table of Contents
    ninth, to the payment of all other derivative termination payments payable on a parity with the Class B notes then due and not previously paid; and

 

    tenth, to the payment of all other derivative termination payments payable on a parity with any borrowings then due and not previously paid.

 

Sale of Trust Estate.    Each indenture will provide that upon the happening of any event of default thereunder and if the principal of all the outstanding notes issued thereunder shall have been declared due and payable, then the related indenture trustee will have the right to sell the related trust estate to the highest bidder in accordance with the requirements of applicable law. In addition, the indenture trustee will have the right to proceed to protect and enforce the rights of the indenture trustee or the holders of notes issued under the indenture in the manner as counsel for the indenture trustee may advise, whether for the specific performance of any covenant, condition, agreement or undertaking contained in the indenture, or in aid of the execution of any power therein granted, or for the enforcement of such other appropriate legal or equitable remedies as may in the opinion of such counsel, be more effectual to protect and enforce the rights aforesaid. The indenture trustee will be required to take any of those actions if requested to do so in writing by the holders of at least a majority of the principal amount of the highest priority obligations outstanding under the indenture.

 

Appointment of Receiver.    If an event of default occurs under an indenture, and all of the outstanding obligations under the indenture have been declared due and payable, and if any judicial proceedings are commenced to enforce any right of the related indenture trustee or of the holders of notes issued under the indenture, then as a matter of right, the related indenture trustee shall be entitled to the appointment of a receiver for the related trust estate.

 

Accelerated Maturity.    If an event of default occurs under an indenture, the related indenture trustee will have the right to declare, or upon the written direction by the holders of at least a majority of the principal amount of the highest priority obligations then outstanding under the indenture will be required to declare, the principal of all then outstanding obligations issued under the indenture, and the interest thereon, immediately due and payable. A declaration of acceleration upon the occurrence of a default under an indenture other than a default in making payments when due will require the consent of a majority of the holders of each priority of obligations then outstanding under the indenture.

 

Direction of Indenture Trustee.    If an event of default occurs under an indenture, the holders of at least a majority of the principal amount of the highest priority obligations then outstanding under the indenture will have the right to direct and control the related indenture trustee with respect to any proceedings for any sale of any or all of the related trust estate, or for the appointment of a receiver. The noteholders will not have the right to cause the indenture trustee to institute any proceedings that, in the indenture trustee’s opinion, would be unjustly prejudicial to non-assenting holders of obligations outstanding under the indenture.

 

Right to Enforce in Indenture Trustee.    No holder of any obligation issued under an indenture shall have any right as a holder to institute any suit, action or proceedings for the enforcement of the provisions of the indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or for any other remedy under the indenture. All rights of action under an indenture will be vested exclusively in the related indenture trustee, unless and until the indenture trustee fails to institute an action or suit after

 

    the holders of at least 25% of the notes outstanding under the indenture shall have previously given to the indenture trustee written notice of a default under the indenture, and of the continuance thereof,

 

    the holders of at least 25% of the notes outstanding under the indenture shall have made a written request upon the indenture trustee and the indenture trustee shall have been afforded reasonable opportunity to institute an action, suit or proceeding in its own name, and

 

    the indenture trustee shall have been offered reasonable indemnity and security satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses, and liabilities to be incurred on an action, suit or proceeding in its own name.

 

60


Table of Contents

In addition, each indenture trustee and the holders of notes issued by each trust will covenant that they will not at any time institute against the related trust any bankruptcy, reorganization or other proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

 

With respect to each trust, none of the related indenture trustee, the owner trustee, the depositor, the seller, the administrator, the master servicer and the related eligible lender trustee in its individual capacity, or any of their respective owners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees, successors or assigns will be personally liable for the payment of the principal of or interest on the notes issued by the trust or for the agreements of the trust contained in the related indenture.

 

Waivers of Events of Default.    Each indenture trustee will have the discretion to waive any event of default under the related indenture and rescind any declaration of acceleration of the obligations due under the indenture. Each indenture trustee will be required to waive an event of default upon the written request of the holders of at least a majority of the principal amount of the highest priority obligations then outstanding under the related indenture. Each indenture will provide that a waiver of any event of default in the payment of the principal or interest due on any obligation issued under the indenture may not be made unless prior to the waiver or rescission, provisions are made for payment of all arrears of interest or all arrears of payments of principal, and all expenses incurred by the related indenture trustee in connection with such default. Under each indenture, a waiver or rescission of one default will not affect any subsequent or other default, or impair any rights or remedies consequent to any subsequent or other default.

 

The Indenture Trustee

 

Acceptance of Trust.    Under each indenture, the related indenture trustee will agree to accept the trusts imposed upon it by the indenture, and to perform those trusts, but only upon and subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

    Except during the continuance of an event of default, the indenture trustee undertakes to perform only those duties as are specifically set forth in the indenture. In the absence of bad faith on its part, the indenture trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the indenture trustee and conforming to the requirements of the indenture.

 

    In case an event of default has occurred and is continuing, the indenture trustee, in exercising the rights and powers vested in it by the indenture, will use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

 

    Before taking any action under the indenture requested by noteholders, the indenture trustee may require that it be furnished an indemnity bond or other indemnity and security satisfactory to it by those noteholders for the reimbursement of all expenses it may incur and to protect it against liability arising from any action taken by the indenture trustee.

 

Indenture Trustee May Act Through Agents.    Each indenture trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers under the related indenture and perform any duty thereunder either itself or by or through its attorneys, agents, or employees. No indenture trustee will be answerable or accountable for any default, neglect or misconduct of any such attorneys, agents or employees, if reasonable care has been exercised in the appointment, supervision, and monitoring of the work performed. All reasonable costs incurred by an indenture trustee and all reasonable compensation to all such persons as may reasonably be employed in connection with the trusts will be paid by the related trust.

 

Duties of Indenture Trustee.    An indenture trustee generally will be under no obligation or duty to perform any act at the request of holders of notes issued under the related indenture or to institute or defend any suit to protect the rights of the holders of notes issued under the related indenture unless properly indemnified and

 

61


Table of Contents

provided with security to its satisfaction. An indenture trustee will not be required to take notice of any event of default under the related indenture unless and until it shall have been specifically notified in writing of the event of default by the holders of notes issued under the related indenture or an authorized representative of the related trust.

 

However, the indenture trustee may begin suit, or appear in and defend suit, execute any of the trusts, enforce any of its rights or powers, or do anything else in its judgment proper, without assurance of reimbursement or indemnity. In that case the indenture trustee will be reimbursed or indemnified by the holders of the related notes requesting that action, if any, or the related trust in all other cases, for all fees, costs, expenses, liabilities, outlays, counsel fees and other reasonable disbursements properly incurred, unless such disbursements are adjudicated to have resulted from the negligence or willful misconduct of the indenture trustee.

 

If the trust or the noteholders, as appropriate, fail to make such reimbursement or indemnification, the indenture trustee may reimburse itself from any money in its possession under the provisions of the related indenture, subject only to the prior lien of the notes outstanding thereunder for the payment of the principal thereof and interest thereon from the collection account.

 

Compensation of Indenture Trustee.    Each trust will pay to the related indenture trustee compensation for all services rendered by it under the related indenture, and also all of its reasonable expenses, charges, and other disbursements.

 

Resignation of Indenture Trustee.    An indenture trustee may resign and be discharged from the trust created by the related indenture by giving to the related trust written notice specifying the date on which such resignation is to take effect. A resignation will take effect on the day specified in such notice only if a successor indenture trustee shall have been appointed pursuant to the provisions of the indenture and is qualified to be the indenture trustee under the requirements of the provisions of the indenture.

 

Removal of Indenture Trustee.    An indenture trustee may be removed at any time

 

    by the holders of a majority of the principal amount of the highest priority obligations then outstanding under the related indenture;

 

    by the related trust for cause or upon the sale or other disposition of the indenture trustee or its trust functions; or

 

    by the related trust without cause so long as no event of default exists or has existed within the last 30 days upon payment to the indenture trustee of all money then due to it.

 

In the event an indenture trustee is removed, removal shall not become effective until

 

    a successor indenture trustee shall have been appointed; and

 

    the successor indenture trustee has accepted that appointment.

 

Successor Indenture Trustee.    If an indenture trustee resigns, is removed, dissolved or otherwise is disqualified to act or is incapable of acting, or in case control of an indenture trustee is taken over by any public officer or officers, a successor indenture trustee may be appointed by the related trust. In this case the trust will cause notice of the appointment of a successor indenture trustee to be mailed to the holders of the related notes at the address of each noteholder appearing on the note registration books.

 

Every successor indenture trustee

 

    will be a bank or trust company in good standing, organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of a state therein;

 

62


Table of Contents
    will have a reported capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000;

 

    will be authorized under the law to exercise corporate trust powers, be subject to supervision or examination by a federal or state authority; and

 

    will be an eligible lender under the Higher Education Act, so long as such designation is necessary to maintain guarantees and federal benefits under the Higher Education Act, with respect to the FFELP loans held in the related trust estate.

 

Merger of the Indenture Trustee.    Any corporation into which an indenture trustee may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which an indenture trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of an indenture trustee, shall be the successor of the indenture trustee under the related indenture, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under the indenture, without the execution or filing of any paper of any further act on the part of any other parties thereto.

 

Supplemental Indentures

 

Supplemental Indentures Not Requiring Consent of Noteholders.    Each trust and the related indenture trustee may, without the consent of or notice to any of the holders of any obligations outstanding under the related indenture, enter into any indentures supplemental to the indenture for any of the following purposes:

 

    to cure any ambiguity or formal defect or omission in the indenture;

 

    to grant to or confer upon the indenture trustee for the benefit of the noteholders any additional benefits, rights, remedies, powers or authorities;

 

    to subject to the indenture additional revenues, properties or collateral;

 

    to modify, amend or supplement the indenture or any indenture supplemental thereto in such manner as to permit the qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 or any similar federal statute or to permit the qualification of the notes for sale under the securities laws of the United States of America or of any of the states of the United States of America, and, if they so determine, to add to the indenture or any indenture supplemental thereto such other terms, conditions and provisions as may be permitted by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 or similar federal statute that, in the opinion of the indenture trustee or its counsel are not to the material prejudice of the holder of any of the obligations outstanding under the indenture;

 

    to evidence the appointment of a separate or co-indenture trustee or a co-registrar or transfer agent or the succession of a new indenture trustee under the indenture, or any additional or substitute guarantee agency or master servicer;

 

    to add provisions to or to amend provisions of the indenture as may, in the opinion of counsel, be necessary or desirable to assure implementation of the issuer’s student loan program in conformance with the Higher Education Act;

 

    to make any change as shall be necessary to obtain and maintain for any of the notes issued under the indenture an investment grade rating from a nationally recognized rating service, which changes, in the opinion of the indenture trustee are not to the material prejudice of the holder of any of the obligations outstanding under the indenture;

 

    to make any changes necessary to comply with the Higher Education Act and the regulations thereunder or the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

    to provide for the issuance of subordinate indebtedness pursuant to the provisions of the indenture, including the creation of appropriate funds and accounts, with respect to such subordinate indebtedness;

 

63


Table of Contents
    to make the terms and provisions of the indenture, including the lien and security interest granted therein, applicable to a derivative product;

 

    to create any additional funds or accounts under the indenture deemed by the indenture trustee to be necessary or desirable;

 

    to amend the indenture to allow for any of the notes issued thereunder to be supported by a letter of credit or insurance policy or a liquidity agreement, including amendment to provide for repayment to the provider of the credit support on a parity with any of the notes issued thereunder or related derivative product and providing rights to the provider under the indenture, including with respect to defaults and remedies;

 

    to amend the indenture to provide for use of a surety bond or other financial guaranty instrument in lieu of cash and investment securities in all or any portion of any reserve account, so long as such action shall not adversely affect the ratings on any of the notes issued under the indenture;

 

    to make any other change upon confirmation by each rating agency then rating any of the notes outstanding under the indenture that such change will not result in its rating(s) of those notes being reduced or withdrawn; or

 

    to make any other change that, in the judgment of the indenture trustee, is not to the material prejudice of the holders of any obligations outstanding under the indenture.

 

Supplemental Indentures Requiring Majority Consent of Noteholders.    Any amendment of an indenture other than those listed above under “—Supplemental Indentures Not Requiring Consent of Noteholders” and listed below under “—Supplemental Indentures Requiring Consent of Each Holder of an Affected Note and the Counterparty under Each Affected Derivative Product” must be approved by the holders of a majority of the principal amount of each class of affected notes then outstanding under the indenture.

 

Supplemental Indentures Requiring Consent of Each Holder of an Affected Note and the Counterparty under Each Affected Derivative Product.    None of the changes described below may be made in a supplemental indenture without the consent of the holder of each affected note and the counterparty under each affected derivative product then outstanding under the related indenture:

 

    an extension of the maturity date of the principal of or the interest on any obligation, or

 

    a reduction in the principal amount of any obligation or the rate of interest thereon, or

 

    a privilege or priority of any obligation under the indenture over any other obligation, or

 

    a reduction in the aggregate principal amount of the obligations required for consent to such supplemental indenture, or

 

    the creation of any lien other than a lien ratably securing all of the obligations at any time outstanding under the indenture.

 

Trust Irrevocable

 

The trust created by the terms and provisions of each indenture will be irrevocable until the principal of and the interest due on all obligations under the indenture and all related derivative payments are fully paid or provision is made for its payment, as provided in the indenture.

 

Satisfaction of Indenture

 

If the holders of the notes and any other obligations issued under an indenture are paid all the principal of and interest due on those notes and other obligations, at the times and in the manner stipulated in the indenture, and if each counterparty on a related derivative product is paid all of derivative payments then due, then the

 

64


Table of Contents

pledge of the trust estate will thereupon terminate and be discharged. The indenture trustee will execute and deliver to the related trust instruments to evidence the discharge and satisfaction, and the indenture trustee will pay all money held by it under the indenture to the party entitled to receive it under the indenture.

 

Notes and any other obligations issued under an indenture will be considered to have been paid if money for their payment or redemption has been set aside and is being held in trust by the related indenture trustee. Any outstanding note will be considered to have been paid if the note is to be redeemed on any date prior to its stated maturity and notice of redemption has been given as provided in the related indenture and on said date there shall have been deposited with the related indenture trustee either money or governmental obligations the principal of and the interest on which when due will provide money sufficient to pay the principal of and interest to become due on the note.

 

Any derivative payments will be considered to have been paid and the related derivative product terminated when payment of all derivative payments due and payable to the counterparty thereunder has been made or duly provided for to the satisfaction of the counterparty and the related derivative product has been terminated.

 

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

 

Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences

 

The following discussion is a summary of certain anticipated federal income tax consequences of the purchase, disposition and ownership of the notes by prospective holders. This summary is of a general nature only and does not consider all the possible federal tax consequences of the purchase, ownership or disposition of the notes and is not intended to and does not exhaust all possible aspects of federal income taxation that may be relevant to a holder based on his or her particular circumstances (including, but not limited to, potential application of the alternative minimum tax). Moreover, except as expressly indicated, it addresses purchasers of the notes at the issue price, which is the first price to the public at which a substantial amount of the notes is sold.

 

This summary is based upon the existing provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), existing regulations thereunder, and the current administrative rulings and court decisions, all of which are subject to change. There can be no assurance that any changes in the Code, regulations or court cases will not retroactively change the statements made herein. Moreover, this summary does not take into account or anticipate any changes in the law, whether by legislative, judicial or administrative action, nor does it take into account any state, local or foreign tax consequences or considerations for any potential holders. No rulings on the federal, state or local tax issues considered relevant to the organization or operation of the issuer or an investment in the notes have been sought or obtained by the issuer, the depositor or the master servicer. Also, there are no authorities dealing with similar transactions or having facts comparable to the issuance of the notes. Consequently, the Internal Revenue Service may disagree with certain portions of the following discussion and the opinions expressed herein.

 

This discussion is directed solely to holders that hold the notes as capital assets under Code Section 1221 and does not deal with the tax consequences to holders who do not hold the notes as capital assets or who are subject to special tax treatment under the federal income tax laws (including, without limitation, banks, thrifts, insurance companies, estates, trusts, real estate investment trusts and certain tax exempt organizations, dealers in securities or currencies, holders that hold notes or foreign currency as a hedge against currency risks or as part of a straddle with other investments or as part of a “synthetic security” or other integrated investment (including a “conversion transaction”) comprised of a note and one or more other investments, or holders that have a “functional currency” other than the U.S. dollar). Except to the extent discussed under “—Non-United States Holders”, this summary is not applicable to non-United States persons not subject to U.S. federal income tax on their worldwide income.

 

65


Table of Contents

This summary is included for general information only and may not be applicable depending on a holder’s particular situation. Prospective holders are strongly urged to consult their tax advisor as to the specific tax consequences to them of the purchase, disposition, or ownership of notes, including the applicability and effect of federal, state, local and foreign income and other tax laws in their particular circumstances.

 

United States Holders

 

Characterization of the Notes as Indebtedness

 

As used herein, the term “United States Holder” means a beneficial owner of a note that is for United States federal income tax purposes:

 

    an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    an entity for federal U.S. income tax purposes treated as a corporation or a partnership (unless the IRS provides otherwise by Treasury Regulations) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof or of the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust, and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or if the trust has validly made an election to be treated as a United States person under applicable Treasury Regulations.

 

There are no Treasury Regulations, published administrative rulings, or judicial decisions involving the federal income tax characterization of securities with terms substantially similar to the notes. The master servicer, the depositor and the issuer have agreed, and the holders, by accepting the notes, will agree, to treat the notes as indebtedness for federal income tax purposes. The master servicer, the depositor and the issuer intend to treat this transaction as a financing reflecting the notes as indebtedness for tax purposes.

 

Based on the assumptions and representations of the master servicer, the depositor and the issuer contained in this prospectus and the documents described in the following sentence, in the opinion of Thompson Hine LLP, the notes will be characterized as debt for federal income tax purposes. The assumptions and representations upon which the foregoing opinion is based are: (1) the pertinent provisions of the Code, the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and the judicial and administrative rulings and decisions now in effect will remain in effect and will not otherwise be amended, revised, reversed or overruled; (2) the trust agreement, the indenture, the servicing agreements and the other documents contemplated by this transaction and referred to herein are executed and delivered in substantially the form as attached as exhibits to this prospectus (the “transaction documents”) and the parties thereto will carry out their respective duties and obligations as set forth therein; (3) there are no changes to the terms of the notes as described in this prospectus; and (4) the master servicer, the depositor, the issuer and the holders will treat the notes as indebtedness for federal income tax purposes. This opinion will not be binding on the courts or the Internal Revenue Service.

 

Characterization of the Issuer

 

In the opinion of Thompson Hine LLP, based upon certain assumptions and certain representations of the master servicer, the depositor and the issuer contained in this prospectus, the transaction documents and as set forth under “—United States Holders—Characterization of the Notes as Indebtedness”, the issuer will not be treated as a separate entity classified as an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation. Such opinion will not be binding on the courts or the Internal Revenue Service.

 

66


Table of Contents

Tax Consequences if the Notes Are Characterized as Equity

 

Contrary to the opinion of Thompson Hine LLP, the Internal Revenue Service might assert that the notes do not represent debt for federal income tax purposes, but, rather, the notes should be treated as equity interests of the issuer or the master servicer. If, instead of treating the transaction as creating secured debt in the form of the notes issued, the transaction were treated as creating a partnership among the holders and the master servicer, the resulting partnership would not be subject to federal income tax, unless such partnership were treated as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation. Rather, the master servicer and each holder would be taxed individually on their respective distributive shares of the partnership’s income, gain, loss, deduction and credit. The amount and timing of items of income and deduction of a holder might differ if the notes were held to constitute partnership interests, rather than indebtedness. Furthermore, the distributive share of partnership income of tax-exempt entities (including pension funds) might be “unrelated business taxable income,” and the distributive share of partnership income of foreign holders might be subject to United States tax and United States tax return filing and withholding requirements.

 

If the holders were treated as partners in a publicly traded partnership, such partnership would be taxable as a corporation, unless at least 90% of the gross income of the issuer was “qualifying income”. Qualifying income does not include income attributable to a financial business. Although it is unclear what constitutes a financial business, the issuer does not expect that its activities generally will constitute a financial business.

 

If, alternatively, the notes were determined to be equity interests of the issuer and the issuer were classified as a corporation or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation, such entity would be subject to federal income tax at corporate income tax rates on the income it derived from the student loans and other assets, which would substantially reduce the amounts available for payment to the holders. Cash payments to the holders generally would be treated as dividends for tax purposes to the extent of such corporation’s earnings and profits and would not be deductible as interest. Moreover, income to foreign holders would be subject to United States tax and United States tax return filing and withholding requirements. The foregoing results would also obtain if the notes were determined to be equity interests of the master servicer, because the master servicer is a corporation for federal income tax purposes. The remainder of this discussion assumes that the notes will be treated as debt for federal income tax purposes.

 

Payments of Interest

 

Interest paid on a note will be taxable to a United States Holder as ordinary income at the time it is received or accrued, depending on the holder’s method of accounting for tax purposes. If a partnership holds notes, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Partners of partnerships that hold notes should consult their tax advisors.

 

Although the matter is not free from doubt, it is anticipated that the notes will be treated as having been issued without original issue discount and, in the case of a series of index rate notes or auction rate notes, as providing for stated interest at “qualified floating rates,” as this term is defined by applicable Treasury Regulations. A rate of interest is a qualified floating rate if variations in the rate can reasonably be expected to measure contemporaneous variations in the cost of newly borrowed funds in the currency in which the debt instrument is denominated. In the case of a series of auction rate notes, it is believed that the auction process contemplated by this prospectus will establish, and the resulting auction rate will be, a rate with sufficient indicia of the market cost of borrowing to constitute a qualified floating rate. Likewise, it is believed that the procedures contemplated by this prospectus to derive the stated interest rate of a series of index rate notes will establish a rate with sufficient indicia of the market cost of borrowing to constitute a qualified floating rate. The issuer intends to report interest income in respect of the notes in a manner consistent with this treatment.

 

Nevertheless, it is possible that the Internal Revenue Service could take a position contrary to the position taken by the issuer and assert that the potential deferral of some portion of the interest due on the notes results in

 

67


Table of Contents

their issuance with original issue discount, because the potential deferral removes the interest on the notes from the definition of qualified stated interest. Interest payable at a qualifying floating rate will be considered qualified stated interest if such interest must be paid at least annually and reasonable provisions exist to compel payment of the terms of the debt instrument otherwise make non-payment remote. If it were determined that a series of auction rate notes or index rate notes do not provide for qualified stated interest, such notes would be treated as having been issued with original issue discount. In that event, each holder would be required to include original issue discount in gross income as it accrues on a constant yield to maturity basis in advance of the receipt of any cash attributable to the income, regardless of whether the holder is a cash or accrual basis taxpayer. The issuer anticipates, however, that even if a series of notes were treated as issued with original issue discount under those circumstances, the amount that a holder would be required to include currently in income under this method would not differ materially from the amount of interest on the note otherwise includable in income.

 

Original Issue Discount

 

General Rules.    If the notes were issued at a price less than their stated principal amount or the interest rate of a series of auction rate notes or index rate notes is deemed by the Internal Revenue Service not to be a qualified stated interest as described above, the notes would be deemed to be issued with “original issue discount” within the meaning of Section 1273(a) of the Code, subject to the de minimis rules described below. Such original issue discount would equal the difference between the “stated redemption price at maturity” of the note (generally, its principal amount) and its issue price. Original issue discount is treated as ordinary interest income, and holders of notes with original issue discount must include the amount of original issue discount in income on an accrual basis in advance of the receipt of the cash to which such discount relates. The remainder of the discussion under this heading “—Original Issue Discount” (and its respective subheadings) assumes solely for purposes of illustration that the notes will be issued with original issue discount.

 

The amount of original issue discount required to be included in a holder’s income in any taxable year will be computed in accordance with Section 1272(a)(6) of the Code, which provides rules for the accrual of original issue discount for certain debt instruments, such as the notes, that are subject to prepayment by reason of prepayments of underlying debt obligations. No regulatory guidance currently exists under Section l272(a)(6) of the Code. Accordingly, the issuer or other person responsible for computing the amount of original issue discount to be reported to a holder each taxable year expects to base its computations on Section 1272(a)(6) of the Code and final Treasury Regulations governing the accrual of original issue discount on debt instruments (the “OID Regulations”). The amount and rate of accrual of original issue discount on a note will be calculated based on:

 

    a single constant yield to maturity; and

 

    the prepayment rate of the student loans and the reinvestment rate on amounts held by the issuer pending distribution that was assumed in pricing the note.

 

Holders should be aware, however, that the OID Regulations do not address directly the treatment of instruments that are subject to Section 1272(a)(6) of the Code, and, accordingly, there can be no assurance that such methodology, which is described more fully below, represents the correct manner of calculating original issue discount on the notes.

 

Computation of Original Issue Discount.    The amount of original issue discount on a note equals the excess, if any, of the note’s “stated redemption price at maturity” over its “issue price”. Under the OID Regulations, a debt instrument’s stated redemption price at maturity is the sum of all payments provided by the instrument other than “qualified stated interest” (“deemed principal payments”). Qualified stated interest, in general, is stated interest that is unconditionally payable in cash or property (other than debt instruments of the issuer) at least annually at (1) a single fixed rate or (2) a variable rate that meets certain requirements set out in the OID Regulations (a qualified floating rate being one such variable rate that generally constitutes qualified stated interest). Thus, in the case of any note providing for qualified stated interest, the stated redemption price at maturity generally will equal the total amount of all deemed principal payments due on that note. The issue price of a series of notes generally will equal the initial price at which such series is sold to the public.

 

68


Table of Contents

De Minimis Rule.    Under a de minimis rule, a note will be considered to have no original issue discount if the amount of original issue discount is less than the product of 0.25% of the note’s stated redemption price at maturity and the weighted average maturity of the note. No Treasury Regulations have been issued with respect to computing the weighted average maturity of debt instruments similar to the notes. The weighted average maturity of a note will equal the sum of the amounts obtained by multiplying the number of complete years from the note’s issue date until the date payment is made by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of each deemed principal payment, and the denominator of which is the note’s stated redemption price at maturity. A holder will include de minimis original issue discount in income on a pro rata basis as stated principal payments on the note are received or, if earlier, upon disposition of the note, unless the holder makes the election described below under —All Original Issue Discount Election”.

 

Computation of Daily Portions of Original Issue Discount.    A holder must include in gross income the sum, for all days during its taxable year on which it holds the note, of the “daily portions” of the original issue discount on such note, if any. The daily portions of original issue discount with respect to a note will be determined by allocating to each day in any accrual period the note’s ratable portion of the excess, if any, of:

 

(1) the sum of (a) the present value of all payments under the note yet to be received as of the close of such period and (b) the amount of any deemed principal payments received on the note during such period; over

 

(2) the note’s “adjusted issue price” at the beginning of such period.

 

The present value of payments yet to be received on a note will be computed by using the note’s original yield to maturity (adjusted to take into account the length of the particular accrual period) and taking into account deemed principal payments actually received on the note prior to the close of the accrual period. The adjusted issue price of a note at the beginning of the first accrual period is its issue price.

 

The adjusted issue price at the beginning of each subsequent period is the adjusted issue price of the note at the beginning of the preceding period, increased by the amount of original issue discount allocable to that period and decreased by the amount of any deemed principal payments received during that period. Thus, an increased (or decreased) rate of prepayments received with respect to a note will be accompanied by a correspondingly increased (or decreased) rate of recognition of original issue discount by the holder of such note.

 

The yield to maturity of a note will be calculated based on:

 

(1) the pricing prepayment assumptions; and

 

(2) any contingencies not already taken into account under the pricing prepayment assumptions that, considering all the facts and circumstances as of the issue date, are significantly more likely than not to occur.

 

Contingencies, such as the exercise of “mandatory redemptions,” that are taken into account by the parties in pricing the note typically will be subsumed in the pricing prepayment assumptions and thus will be reflected in the note’s yield to maturity.

 

Optional Redemption.    The notes may be subject to optional redemption by the issuer before their final maturities. Under the OID Regulations, the issuer will be presumed to exercise its option to redeem for purposes of computing the accrual of original issue discount if, and only if, by using the optional redemption date as the maturity date and the optional redemption price as the stated redemption price at maturity, the yield to maturity of the notes is lower than it would be if the notes were not redeemed before their final maturities. If the issuer is presumed to exercise its option to redeem the notes, original issue discount on such notes will be calculated as if the redemption date was the maturity date and the optional redemption price was the stated redemption price at maturity.

 

All Original Issue Discount Election.    The OID Regulations provide that a holder may elect to include in gross income under the constant yield method used to account for original issue discount all stated interest,

 

69


Table of Contents

acquisition discount, original issue discount, de minimis original issue discount, market discount (see “—United States Holders—Notes Purchased at a Market Discount”), de minimis market discount that accrues on the note and unstated interest (as reduced by any amortizable premium (see “—United States Holders—Notes Purchased at a Premium”) or acquisition premium, as described below). To make such an election, the holder of the note must attach a statement to its timely filed federal income tax return for the taxable year in which the holder acquired the note. The statement must identify the instruments to which the election applies. An election is irrevocable unless the holder obtains the consent of the Internal Revenue Service to change the election.

 

If an election is made for a debt instrument with market discount, the holder is deemed to have made an election to include in income currently the market discount on all of the holder’s other debt instruments with market discount. See “—United States Holders—Notes Purchased at a Market Discount”. In addition, if an election is made for a debt instrument with amortizable premium, the holder is deemed to have made an election to amortize under the constant yield method the premium on all of the holder’s other debt instruments with amortizable premium. See “—United States Holders—Notes Purchased at a Premium”.

 

Subsequent Holder.    A note having original issue discount may be acquired in a transaction subsequent to its issuance for more than its adjusted issue price. If the subsequent holder’s adjusted basis in such a note, immediately after its acquisition, exceeds the sum of all deemed principal payments to be received on the note after the acquisition date, the note will no longer have original issue discount, and the holder may be entitled to reduce the amount of interest income recognized on the note by the amount of amortizable premium. See “—United States Holders—Notes Purchased at a Premium”.

 

If the subsequent holder’s adjusted basis in the note immediately after the acquisition exceeds the adjusted issue price of the note, but is less than or equal to the sum of the deemed principal payments to be received under the note after the acquisition date, the amount of original issue discount on the note will be reduced by a fraction, the numerator of which is the excess of the note’s adjusted basis immediately after its acquisition over the adjusted issue price of the note, and the denominator of which is the excess of the sum of all deemed principal payments to be received on the note after the acquisition date over the adjusted issue price of the note. Alternately, the subsequent holder of a note having original issue discount may make the election described under “—All Original Issue Discount Election” with respect to the note.

 

In view of the complexities and uncertainties as to the manner of inclusion in income of original issue discount on the notes, potential holders should consult their own tax advisors to determine the appropriate amount and method of inclusion in income of original issue discount on the notes for federal income tax purposes.

 

Anti-Abuse Rule

 

The U.S. Treasury Department issued Treasury Regulations containing an anti-abuse rule because it was concerned that taxpayers might be able to structure debt instruments or transactions, or apply the bright-line or mechanical rules of the OID Regulations, in a way that produces unreasonable tax results. Those regulations provide that if a principal purpose in structuring a debt instrument or engaging in a transaction is to achieve a result that is unreasonable in light of the purposes of the applicable statutes, the Internal Revenue Service may apply or depart from the OID Regulations as necessary or appropriate to achieve a reasonable result. A result is not considered unreasonable under the Treasury Regulations, however, in the absence of a substantial effect on the present value of a taxpayer’s tax liability.

 

Notes Purchased at a Premium

 

Under the Internal Revenue Code, a United States Holder that purchases a note for an amount in excess of its stated redemption price at maturity may elect to treat such excess as “amortizable bond premium”. Under this election, the amount of interest required to be included in the United States Holder’s income each year with

 

70


Table of Contents

respect to interest on a note will be reduced by the amount of amortizable bond premium allocable (based on the note’s yield to maturity) to that year. If the amortizable bond premium allocable to a year exceeds the amount of interest allocable to that year, the excess would be allowed as a deduction for that year, but only to the extent of the United States Holder’s prior interest inclusions on the note. Any excess is generally carried forward and allocable to the next year. A United States Holder who elects to amortize bond premium must reduce its tax basis in the note. Any election to amortize bond premium is applicable to all bonds (other than bonds the interest on which is excludable from gross income) held by the United States Holder at the beginning of the first taxable year to which the election applies, or bonds acquired thereafter by the United States Holder. This election may not be revoked without the consent of the Internal Revenue Service.

 

Notes Purchased at a Market Discount

 

A note will be treated as acquired at a market discount (a “Market Discount Note”) if the amount for which a United States Holder purchased the note is less than the note’s stated redemption price at maturity or, in the case of a note issued with original issue discount, the note’s original issue price plus any accrued original issue discount, unless, in either case, such difference is less than a specified de minimis amount.

 

In general, any partial payment of principal or any gain recognized on the maturity or disposition of a Market Discount Note will be treated as ordinary income to the extent that such gain does not exceed the accrued market discount on such note. Alternatively, a United States Holder of a Market Discount Note may elect to include market discount in income currently over the life of the Market Discount Note. This election applies to all debt instruments with market discount acquired by the electing United States Holder on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which the election applies and may not be revoked without the consent of the Internal Revenue Service.

 

Market discount accrues on a straight-line basis unless the United States Holder elects to accrue such discount on a constant yield to maturity basis. This election applies only to the Market Discount Note with respect to which the election is made and is irrevocable. A United States Holder of a Market Discount Note that does not elect to make a current inclusion of market discount in income generally will be required to defer until the maturity or disposition of the note deductions for payments of interest on borrowings allocable to the note in an amount not exceeding the accrued market discount on such note. Market discount should generally be accrued using the same prepayment assumption as that which would be used for original issue discount. See “—Original Issue Discount—General” above.

 

Purchase, Sale, Exchange and Retirement of the Notes

 

A United States Holder’s tax basis in a note generally will equal its cost, increased by any market discount and original issue discount included in the United States Holder’s income with respect to the note, and reduced by the amount of any amortizable bond premium applied to reduce interest on the note. A United States Holder generally will recognize gain or loss on the sale, exchange or retirement of a note equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale or retirement of the note and the United States Holder’s tax basis in the note. Except to the extent described under “—United States Holders—Notes Purchased at a Market Discount”, and except to the extent attributable to accrued but unpaid interest, gain or loss recognized on the sale, exchange or retirement of a note will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the note was held for more than one year. In the event that the notes were treated as issued with original issue discount, as discussed under “—United States Holders—Payments of Interest”, a portion of any gain or loss recognized on the disposition, exchange or retirement of a note could be characterized as ordinary income or loss, respectively.

 

Non-United States Holders

 

The following is a general discussion of certain United States federal income and estate tax consequences resulting from the beneficial ownership of notes by a person other than a United States Holder or a former United States citizen or resident (either, a “Non-United States Holder”).

 

71


Table of Contents

Subject to the discussion of backup withholding below, payments of principal or any premium by the issuer or any of its agents (acting in its capacity as agent) to any Non-United States Holder will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax. In the case of payments of interest to any Non-United States Holder, however, U.S. withholding tax will apply unless the Non-United States Holder (1) does not own (actually or constructively) 10-percent or more of the voting equity interests of the issuer, (2) is not a controlled foreign corporation for United States tax purposes that is related to the issuer (directly or indirectly) through stock ownership, or (3) is not a bank receiving interest in the manner described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code. Moreover, either (1) the Non-United States Holder must certify on an appropriate IRS Form W-8 to the issuer or its agent under penalties of perjury that it is not a United States person and must provide its name and address, or (2) a securities clearing organization, bank or other financial institution, that holds customers’ securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business and that also holds the note must certify to the issuer or its agent under penalties of perjury that such statement on and appropriate IRS Form W-8 has been received from the Non-United States Holder by it or by another financial institution and must furnish the interest payor with a copy.

 

A Non-United States Holder that does not qualify for exemption from withholding as described above must provide the issuer or its agent with documentation as to his, her, or its identity to avoid the U.S. backup withholding tax on the amount allocable to a Non-United States Holder and be subject instead to the 30% foreign withholding rate, or to reduce further the withholding tax under an applicable tax treaty. The documentation may require that the Non-United States Holder provide a U.S. tax identification number.

 

Holders that are foreign partnerships for U.S. tax purposes generally must provide on IRS Form W-8IMY (or successor form) and associate with that form appropriate certification or documentation from each partner to avoid U.S. withholding tax on interest income from the notes.

 

If a Non-United States Holder is engaged in a trade or business in the United States and interest on a note or notes held by such holder is effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business, the Non-United States Holder, although exempt from the withholding tax discussed above (provided that such holder timely furnishes the required certification to claim such exemption), may be subject to United States federal income tax on such interest in the same manner as if it were a United States Holder. In addition, if the Non-United States Holder is a foreign corporation, it may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, subject to certain adjustments. For purposes of the branch profits tax, interest on a note will be included in the earnings and profits of the holder if the interest is effectively connected with the conduct by the holder of a trade or business in the United States. Such a holder must provide the payor with a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form) to claim an exemption from United States federal withholding tax.

 

Any capital gain or market discount realized on the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition of a note by a Non-United States Holder will not be subject to United States federal income or withholding taxes if (1) the gain is not effectively connected with a United States trade or business of the Non-United States Holder, and (2) in the case of an individual, the Non-United States Holder is not present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition, and certain other conditions are met.

 

Holders of notes that are Non-United States Holders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the possible applicability of United States withholding and other taxes upon income realized in respect of the notes.

 

United States Estate Tax Considerations

 

The notes generally will not be includible in the U.S. taxable estate of a Non-United States Holder unless the individual owns (actually or constructively) 10-percent or more of the voting equity interests of the issuer or the master servicer or, at the time of the individual’s death, payments in respect of the notes would have been effectively connected with the conduct by the individual of a trade or business in the United States.

 

72


Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

 

For each calendar year in which the notes are outstanding, the issuer is required to provide the Internal Revenue Service with certain information, including a holder’s name, address and taxpayer identification number (either the holder’s Social Security number or its employer identification number, as the case may be), the aggregate amount of principal and interest paid to that holder during the calendar year and the amount of tax withheld, if any. This obligation, however, does not apply with respect to certain United States Holders, including corporations, tax-exempt organizations, qualified pension and profit sharing trusts and individual retirement accounts.

 

If a United States Holder subject to the reporting requirements described above fails to supply its correct taxpayer identification number in the manner required by applicable law or under-reports its tax liability, the issuer, its agents or paying agents or a broker may be required to make “backup” withholding of tax on each payment of interest, principal and any premium on the notes. For 2004 and following tax years, the backup withholding rate for applicable payments is 28%, subject to increase to 31% after 2010. This backup withholding is not an additional tax and may be credited against the United States Holder’s federal income tax liability, provided that the United States Holder furnishes the required information to the Internal Revenue Service.

 

Under current Treasury Regulations, backup withholding and information reporting will not apply to payments of interest made by the issuer or any of its agents (in their capacity as such) to a Non-United States Holder if such holder has provided the required certification that it is not a United States person (as set forth in the second paragraph under “—Non-United States Holders”), or has otherwise established an exemption (provided that neither the issuer nor its agent has actual knowledge that the holder is a United States person or that the conditions of an exemption are not in fact satisfied).

 

Payments of the proceeds from the sale of a note to or through a foreign office of a broker generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding. However, information reporting (but not backup withholding) may apply to those payments if the broker is one of the following:

 

    a United States person;

 

    a controlled foreign corporation for United States tax purposes;

 

    a foreign person 50-percent or more of whose gross income from all sources for the three-year period ending with the close of its taxable year preceding the payment was effectively connected with a United States trade or business; or

 

    a foreign partnership with certain connections to the United States.

 

Payment of the proceeds from a sale of a note to or through the United States office of a broker is subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the holder or beneficial owner certifies as to its taxpayer identification number or otherwise establishes an exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.

 

The preceding federal income tax discussion is included for general information only and may not be applicable depending upon a holder’s particular situation. Holders should consult their tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the notes, including the tax consequences under federal, state, local, foreign and other tax laws and the possible effects of changes in those tax laws.

 

STATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS

 

In addition to the federal income tax consequences described under “FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES” in this prospectus, potential holders of the notes should consider the state income tax

 

73


Table of Contents

consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of the notes. State income tax law may differ substantially from the corresponding federal law, and this discussion does not describe any aspect of the income tax laws of any state. We strongly encourage you to consult your own tax advisors with respect to the various state tax consequences of an investment in the notes.

 

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

 

The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), imposes certain fiduciary duties and prohibited transaction restrictions on employee pension and welfare benefit plans subject to ERISA (“ERISA Plans”). Section 4975 of the Code imposes similar prohibited transaction restrictions on tax-qualified retirement plans described in Section 401(a) of the Code, individual retirement accounts and annuities, described in Section 408 of the Code, Archer MSA, described in Section 220 of the Code, health savings accounts, described in Section 223 of the Code, and Coverdale education savings accounts, described in Section 530 of the Code (collectively, “Tax-Favored Plans”). Certain employee benefit plans, such as governmental plans (as defined in Section 3(32) of ERISA), and, if no election has been made under Section 410(d) of the Code, church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA), are not subject to the foregoing prohibited transaction rules set forth in ERISA. Accordingly, assets of such plans may be invested in the notes without regard to the Code and ERISA considerations described below, subject to the provisions of applicable federal and state law. However, if such plans are tax qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, the plans are also subject to the prohibited transaction rules of Section 503(b) of the Code, which the plans should review with its counsel.

 

In addition to the imposition of general ERISA fiduciary requirements, including those of investment prudence and diversification and the requirement that a plan’s investment be made in accordance with the documents governing the plan, Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit a broad range of transactions involving assets of ERISA Plans and Tax-Favored Plans and entities whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of ERISA Plans or Tax-Favored Plans investing in such entities (collectively, “Benefit Plans”) and persons who have certain specified relationships with the Benefit Plans (“Parties in Interest” or “Disqualified Persons”), unless an exemption is available. The acquisition or holding of notes by or on behalf of a Benefit Plan could be considered to give rise to a prohibited transaction if certain entities, including but not limited to the issuer, are or become a Party in Interest or a Disqualified Person with respect to such Benefit Plan. Parties in Interest (or Disqualified Persons) that participate in a prohibited transaction may be subject to a penalty (or an excise tax) imposed pursuant to Section 502 of ERISA (or Section 4975 of the Code), unless an exemption is available. Those exemptions include, but are not limited to: (i) Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption (“PTCE”) 95-60, regarding investments by insurance company general accounts; (ii) PTCE 91-38, regarding investments by bank collective investment funds; (iii) PTCE 90-1, regarding investments by insurance company pooled separate accounts; (iv) PTCE 84-14, regarding transactions negotiated by qualified professional asset managers or (v) PTCE 96-23 regarding certain transactions effected by an in-house asset manager. Before purchasing the notes, a Benefit Plan should consult with its counsel to determine whether the purchase and holding of the notes constitute a prohibited transaction and, if so, whether the conditions of any exemption would be met. A purchaser of a note should be aware, however, that even if the conditions specified in one or more exemptions are met, the scope of the relief provided by an exemption might not cover all acts that might be construed as prohibited transactions.

 

Further, certain transactions involving the purchase, holding or transfer of the notes, as well as the operation of the trust and the management of its assets, might constitute a prohibited transaction under ERISA and the Code if assets of the trust issuing the notes were deemed to be assets of a Benefit Plan. Under a regulation issued by the United States Department of Labor (29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101, the “Plan Asset Regulation”), the assets of the trust would be treated as plan assets of a Benefit Plan for purposes of ERISA and the Code if the notes constitute an “equity interest” and none of the exceptions contained in the Plan Asset Regulation is applicable. An “equity interest” is defined under the Plan Asset Regulation as “any interest in an entity other than an instrument that is treated as indebtedness under applicable local law and which has no substantial equity

 

74


Table of Contents

features.” The notes are not expected to be treated as equity interests within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulation. However, without regard to whether the notes are considered debt or equity, a prohibited transaction could arise if the trust, the trustee, the indenture trustee or certain of their affiliates are, or become, parties in interest with respect to investing Benefit Plans, although the exemptions referred to above or other exemptions may apply to such prohibited transactions. A Benefit Plan fiduciary considering the purchase of the notes should consult its tax and legal advisors regarding whether the assets of the trust issuing the notes would be considered plan assets under the Plan Asset Regulation, the possibility of exemptive relief from the prohibited transaction rules and other issues and their potential consequences under ERISA.

 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

The plan of distribution for any series of notes will be described in the related prospectus supplement. We may sell the notes of any series to or through underwriters by “best efforts” underwriting or a negotiated firm commitment underwriting by the underwriters, and also may sell the notes directly to other purchasers or through agents. We also may sell the notes of any series, directly or through agents, through a competitive bidding process described in the applicable prospectus supplement. We intend to sell the notes using these various methods from time to time and may sell the notes using more than one of these methods. We may sell a particular series of notes using a combination of these methods.

 

The distribution of the notes of any series may be effected from time to time in one or more transactions at a fixed price, at prices that may be changed, at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices based, among other things, upon existing interest rates, general economic conditions and investors’ judgments as to the market value of those notes.

 

In connection with the sale of any series of notes, underwriters may receive compensation from us or from the purchasers of those notes for whom they may act as agents in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions. Underwriters may sell the notes of any series to or through dealers and those dealers may receive compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the underwriters or commissions from, the purchasers for whom they may act as agents. Underwriters, dealers and agents that participate in the distribution of the notes may be deemed to be underwriters and any discounts or commissions received by them from us and any profit on the resale of the notes by them may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The underwriters for any series of notes will be identified, and any compensation received from us will be described, in the related prospectus supplement.

 

Under agreements that we may enter into with respect to the sale of any series of notes, the underwriters and agents who participate in the distribution of those notes may be entitled to indemnification by us against liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or to contribution with respect to payments that the underwriters or agents may be required to make in respect thereto.

 

We may authorize underwriters or other persons acting as the agents to solicit offers by certain institutions to purchase any series of notes from us pursuant to contracts providing for payment and delivery on a future date, which arrangements, if any, we will describe in the related prospectus supplement. Institutions with which we may make these contracts include commercial and savings banks, insurance companies, pension funds, investment companies, educational and charitable institutions and others, but in all cases the institutions must be approved by us. The obligation of any purchaser under any contract will be subject to the condition that the purchaser of the notes shall not be prohibited by law from purchasing those notes. The underwriters and other agents will not have responsibility in respect of the validity or performance of these contracts.

 

The underwriters of any series of notes may, from time to time, buy and sell those notes, but there can be no assurance that an active secondary market will develop and there is no assurance that any market, if established, will continue.

 

75


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

 

Certain legal matters relating to the issuer, the seller, the depositor, the master servicer, and each series of notes will be passed on by Thompson Hine LLP, unless specified otherwise in the related prospectus supplement.

 

Each prospectus supplement will identify the other law firms that will give opinions on additional legal matters.

 

RATINGS

 

The initial ratings for each series of notes will be described in the related prospectus supplement. A securities rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating agency. The ratings of the notes will address the likelihood of the ultimate payment of principal of and interest on the notes under their terms.

 

We have furnished and will furnish to the rating agencies information and materials, some of which have not been included in this prospectus. Generally, a rating agency bases its rating on this information and materials, investigations, studies and assumptions obtained by the rating agency. There is no assurance that any rating will apply for any given period of time or that it will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by the rating agency.

 

Each rating is subject to change or withdrawal at any time and any change or withdrawal may affect the market price or marketability of the notes.

 

INCORPORATION OF DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE;

WHERE TO FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and to comply with those requirements, we will file annual, quarterly and special reports and other information with the SEC. The SEC allows us to incorporate by reference into this prospectus the information we file with them, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to the reports we file with the SEC. We hereby incorporate by reference all periodic reporting documents we file with the SEC after the date of this prospectus until the termination of the offering of the notes or if later, and so long as market making transactions of the underwriters with respect to the notes are not exempt from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the end of any period of such market making transactions.

 

You may read and copy our registration statement and reports and other information that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov from which our registration statement and reports are available.

 

We will provide without charge to each person to whom a copy of this prospectus is delivered, on the written or oral request of that person, a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated in this prospectus or in any related prospectus supplement by reference, except the exhibits to those documents, unless the exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference. Written requests for copies should be directed to Education Funding Capital I, LLC, c/o CIT Group Inc., Attention: Treasury Department, 1 CIT Drive, Livingston, NJ 07039. Telephone requests for copies should be directed to (973) 740-5000.

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this document or to which we have referred you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This document may be used only where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this document may not be accurate after the date of this document.

 

Upon issuance, we intend to apply for listing on the Irish Stock Exchange for the note. Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other federal, state or other governmental entity or agency will have passed on the accuracy of this prospectus supplement or approved the notes for sale. The indenture will be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

 

 

76


Table of Contents

 

 

 

$1,000,000,000

 

CIT EDUCATION LOAN TRUST 2005-1

 

Education Loan Backed Notes

 

EDUCATION FUNDING CAPITAL I, LLC

Depositor

 

EDUCATION LENDING SERVICES, INC.

Master Servicer

 

LOGO

Seller

 

Education Lending Group, Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of CIT Group Inc.

 

LOGO

 


 

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

 


 

Underwriters of the Class A notes

 

Citigroup   Credit Suisse First Boston

 

Deutsche Bank Securities

Lehman Brothers

Merrill Lynch & Co.

RBC Dain Rauscher

Wachovia Securities

 

Underwriters of the Class B notes

 

Citigroup    Credit Suisse First Boston

 

 

Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation

 

Until August 31, 2005, all dealers that effect transactions in these notes, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.